A. Magic and Heroes
В. Doing Business
С. Early Developments
D. Sounds and Symbols
E. Images on Stone
F. Stories and Seasons
G. A Personal Record
H. From Visual to Sound
1. The earliest stage of writing is called pre-writing or proto-literacy, and depends on direct representation of objects, rather than representing them with letters or other symbols. Evidence for this stage, in the form of rock and cave paintings, dates back to about 15,000 years ago, although the exact dates are debatable. This kind of proto-1 iterate cave painting has been found in Europe, with the best known examples in South-Western France, but also in Africa and on parts of the American continent. These petrographs (pictures on rock) show typical scenes of the period, and include representations of people, animals and activities. Most are astonishingly beautiful, with a vibrancy and immediacy that we still recognize today. They are painted with pigments made from natural materials including crushed stones and minerals, animal products such as blood, ashes, plant materials of all kinds, and they produce a wide range of colours and hues.
2. Why did ancient people put such effort into making them? Various theories have been put forward, but the most compelling include the idea that the pictures were records of heroic deeds or important events, that they were part of magical ceremonies, or that they were a form of primitive calendar, recording the changes in the seasons as they happened. These, then, are all explanations as to why man started to write.
3. A related theory suggests that the need for writing arose thereafter from the transactions and bartering that went on. In parts of what is now Iraq and Iran, small pieces of fired earth – pottery – have been found which appear to have been used as tokens to represent bartered objects, much as we use tokens in a casino, or money, today. Eventually, when the tokens themselves became too numerous to handle easily, representations of the tokens were inscribed on clay tablets.
4. An early form of writing is the use of pictograms, which are pictures used to communicate. Pic-tograms have been found from almost every part of the world and every era of development, and are still in use in primitive communities nowadays. They represent objects, ideas or concepts more or less directly. They tend to be simple in the sense that they are not a complex or full picture, although they are impressively difficult to interpret to an outsider unfamiliar with their iconography, which tends to be localized and to differ widely from society to society. They were never intended to be a detailed testimony which could be interpreted by outsiders, but to serve instead as aide-memoires to the author, rather as we might keep a diary in a personal shorthand. However, some modem pictograms are more or less universally recognized, such as the signs which indicate men’s and women’s toilets, or road signs, which tend to be very similar throughout the world.
5. The first pictograms that we know of are Sumerian in origin, and date to about 8000 BC. They show how images used to represent concrete objects could be expanded to include abstractions by adding symbols together, or using associated symbols. One Sumerian pictogram, for example, indicates ‘death’ by combining the symbols for ‘man’ and ‘winter’, another shows ‘power’ with the symbol for a man with the hands enlarged.
6. By about 5,000 years ago, Sumerian pictograms had spread to other areas, and the Sumerians had made a major advance towards modem writing with the development of the rebus principle, which meant that symbols could be used to indicate sounds. This was done by using a particular symbol not only for the thing it originally represented, but also for anything which was pronounced in a similar way. So the pictogram for na (meaning ‘animal’) could also be used to mean ‘old’ (which was also pronounced na). The specific meaning of the pictogram (whether na meant ‘old’ or ‘animal’) could only be decided through its context.
7. It is a short step from this to the development of syllabic writing using pictograms, and this next development took about another half a century. Now the Sumerians would add pictograms to each other, so that each, representing an individual sound – or syllable – formed part of a larger word. Thus pictograms representing the syllables he, na and mi (‘mother’, ‘old’, ‘my’) could be put together to form henami or ’grandmother’.
IELTS Reading Test 61
Sharks – Face Extinction
Professor Robert Law, bead of Marine Biological Ltd, which monitors the ocean environment, and a leading governmental advisor on marine pollution, is claiming today that sharks are in danger of extinction. Professor Law’s main point is that worldwide the number of sharks of most species is dropping rapidly. Exact figures about these elusive creatures are hard to come by, but the general consensus is that certain kinds of shark population have decreased by up to 75% in the last 30 years.
The great white and tiger sharks have seen the greatest drop in numbers, down by as much as 90% from 20 years ago. Smaller sharks are also under threat – the populations of makos, hammerheads, even common dogfish are being decimated. Estimates suggest that British dogfish numbers have halved in the last decade alone.
And this decline is worldwide. The big sharks congregate mainly in the warmer waters of the Pacific and Caribbean, but cold water areas such as the Atlantic and the North Sea have their own species and these too are in danger. The reasons for the decline in numbers are not hard to see. One huge reason is the continued demand for shark fins in South-East Asia, where they are used to make soup and as ingredients in medicines. Most sharks that are killed commercially in the West are processed for the oil that comes from their livers. Sharks are also victims of fear, since they are routinely killed by fishermen when they are landed with other catches.
“Sharks have no protection.” writes Professor Law. “They are not outside the law – most countries have laws protecting the species which are most under threat – but the problem is that people are so frightened of them that the laws are not enforced. There are perhaps five marine biologists in Europe actively involved in attempts to save shark species, although there is greater awareness in America and Australia. Sharks have an image problem. Nobody associates them with needing to be saved simply because they are such fearsome predators.”
But the market demand for shark products has always been high. The real reason why shark stocks have plummeted is the same as the reason why other fish species are in decline. Modern fishing technology – the use of sonar and deep-netting in particular – has made the shark’s natural defences useless.
Charles Starkling, author of Jaws: the Myth of the Sea, agrees. “The equipment the shark has to defend itself is perfect in the right environment. Against other sharks, humans, fish, all the normal dangers, the shark is virtually invincible.” But Starkling adds that no animal, no matter how large and dangerous on its own, can fight against steel nets. “The nets that are put out to protect swimmers don’t just keep sharks away. They kill them. A shark which is caught in a net dies, because sharks can’t stop swimming. Without a swim bladder, the shark drowns as soon as it stops moving.” Starkling says it is common practice for sharks to have their fins cut off by fishermen and then to be dropped back in the ocean alive. They die by drowning.
And the ecology of sharks makes them especially vulnerable. Sharks are top-of-the-chain predators, feeding on virtually anything else in the water, and consequently they are quite rare. For every million herring in the Atlantic, there will be one mako. Sharks are solitary and territorial, with unimaginably vast areas. The larger sharks also reproduce slowly, giving birth to live young one at a time.
Most people are afraid of sharks, but without good reason. You are many thousands of times more likely to be run over or die from smoking – even death by lightning or drowning in your bath are more likely – than to be attacked by a shark, and even then most shark attack victims survive. Recent research suggests that most sharks kill by mistake after taking an exploratory bite – humans are not sharks’ chosen food. But time is running out for these ancient predators of the deeps. When their populations have gone below a certain level, no amount of legislation will protect them. Professor Law points out that most sharks cannot be kept in zoos, like tigers, and that once they are gone they will be gone forever. He counsels that sharks urgently need protection by law if they are to continue to grace the seas.
Questions 1-8
Complete the summary below. Choose your answers from the box below the summary and write them in boxes 1 – 8 on the answer sheet. There are more words than spaces, so you will not use all the given words.
Sharks Face Extinction
All over the world, shark populations are in dramatic (1)………………………. In warm and cold waters, many shark
species have been reduced to a (2)……………………….. of their former size. This has come about largely as a result
of the demand for shark products in the medical and catering industries, but sharks are also left biologically (3)…………………………., since they lack swim bladders and can drown if they are (4)…………………………… And the shark’s reputation means it does not enjoy the (5)……………………………… of other endangered species; conservation laws are often (6)……………………….. All these factors are compounded by recent (7)……………………….. in the techniques of fishing. Sharks are comparatively rare, because of their status as (8)……………………….., and reproduce slowly. This makes them even more exposed to the dangers of overfishing. With stocks already very low, the time for full legal protection has come.
Questions 9-15
Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage 1? In boxes 9 -15 on your answer sheet write
YES if the statement agrees with the information
NO if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this in the passage.
9 We know precisely how much shark populations have declined.
10 The biggest reason for the decline of sharks is the demand for shark fins.
11 People are afraid to implement regulations safeguarding sharks.
12 The shark is able to protect itself in all circumstances.
13 Sharks live in groups.
14 Shark attacks are a statistically improbable cause of death for humans.
15 Sharks will become extinct in the near future.
Cambridge IELTS Tests 1 to 13
Water Power
Some of the ways in which Britain gets its energy are often dangerous and dirty. They are also unsustainable. Water power from the tides and the waves is one way to reduce pollution and create energy safely and cleanly.
More than 70% of the earth’s surface is water. It is impossible to know exactly how much energy could be produced from this, although as an example 4-metre high waves in storms could produce up to 700 kilowatts per metre. While it is not practical to use stormy seas as a resource, even relatively calm seas and tidal rivers can be exploited for their energy potential.
Nowadays, machinery can be used to convert the power of moving water into electricity. In the past, a less efficient method was to use the power of the water directly in, for example, mills, where the falling water drove a wheel which simply drove the mill to convert corn to flour. Another alternative is to create a hydraulic ram, which sends water up a pipe to a higher level using only the power of the water itself.
Hydro-electricity is the most common use of water power in Britain, although even then it only accounts for 2% of all the electricity generated in Britain. A huge body of water, the reservoir, is held back by a dam so the water is fed through pipes at great speed, to a turbine which generates electricity. There are major advantages to this system. First, it is a clean source of power which uses only natural renewable resources. It is safe, too, if it is well-constructed, although there have been disasters when dams have burst. It is also possible to control how much power is generated. The major disadvantage, especially in Britain, which is comparatively small and overpopulated, is that hydro-electric power uses lots of land, which has to be flooded to make reservoirs. It also has very high start-up costs.
However, small-scale hydro-electric projects have fewer disadvantages than the huge schemes such as the Hoover Dam in the USA. They are cheaper to build and less potentially dangerous. This kind of smaller project uses turbines, which work on a similar principle to old-fashioned waterwheels, but are smaller and more efficient.
With impulse turbines, water is forced through pipes at speed. It hits specially-designed sections of a wheel, which spin. The kinetic energy thus produced is transferred to the engine. There are various kinds of impulse turbines, including the Pelton Turbine, which is a single or double width of cup-shaped devices on a narrow wheel, and the Cross-Flow Turbine, which consists of thin paddles on a long shaft, and which is suitable for wider areas.
There are also reaction turbines such as the Francis Turbine, which looks rather like a ship’s propeller. They consist of a series of blades mounted inside the pipe which is carrying the water under great pressure. These blades are turned by the flow of water across them.
Small water turbines are only ever about 80% efficient, as some efficiency is inevitably lost in the transfer of energy. But this should not prevent us exploiting the power of water further. The small-scale systems described here are cheap and clean, and, once set-up costs have been met, will provide power for years to come without much maintenance and at no permanent cost to the environment.
Questions 16-21
Label the diagrams below. Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from Reading Passage 2 for each answer. Write your answers in boxes 16-21 on your answer sheet.
Questions 22-25
Complete each of the following statements with words taken from Reading Passage 2. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
Write your answers in boxes 22 – 25 on your answer sheet.
22 Using water power to move machinery is………………………………………….than using it to generate electricity.
23 About 20% of energy………………………………….with smaller water turbines.
24 All water turbines rely on water being………………………………..at great speed.
25 The main expense of hydro-electric projects lies in………………………….
The Art of History
1 The earliest stage of writing is called pre-writing or proto-literary, and depends on direct representation of objects, rather than representing them with letters or other symbols. Evidence for this stage, in the form of rock and cave paintings, dates back to about 15,000 years ago, although the exact dates are debatable. This kind of proto-literate cave painting has been found in Europe, with the best known examples m South-Western France, but also in Africa and on parts of the American continent. These petrographs (pictures on rock) show typical scenes of the period, and include representations of people, animals and activities. Most are astonishingly beautiful, with a vibrancy and immediacy that we still recognise today. They are painted with pigments made from natural materials including crushed stones and minerals, animal products such as blood, ashes, plant materials of all kinds, and they produce a wide range of colours and hues.
2 Why did ancient people put such effort into making them? Various theories have been put forward, but the most compelling include the idea that the pictures were records of heroic deeds or important events, that they were part of magical ceremonies, or that they were a form of primitive calendar, recording the changes in the seasons as they happened. These, then, are all explanations as to why man started to write.
3 A related theory suggests that the need for writing arose thereafter from the transactions and bartering that went on. In parts of what is now Iraq and Iran, small pieces of fired earth – pottery – have been found which appear to have been used as tokens to represent bartered objects, much as we use tokens in a casino, or money, today. Eventually, when the tokens themselves became too numerous to handle easily, representations of the tokens were inscribed on day tablets.
4 An early form of writing is the use of pictograms, which are pictures used to communicate. Pictograms have been found from almost every part of the world and every era of development, and are still in use in primitive communities nowadays. They represent objects, ideas or concepts more or less directly. They tend to be simple in the sense that they are not a complex or full picture, although they are impressively difficult to interpret to an outsider unfamiliar with their iconography, which lends to be localised, and to differ widely form society to society. They were never intended to be a detailed testimony which could be interpreted by outsiders, but to serve instead as aide-memoires to the author, rather as we might keep a diary in a personal shorthand. However, some modem pictograms are more or less universally recognised, such as the signs which indicate men’s and women’s toilets, or road signs, which tend to be very similar throughout the world.
5 The first pictograms that we know of are Sumerian in origin, and date to about 8000 BC. They show how images used to represent concrete objects could be expanded to include abstractions by adding symbols together, or using associated symbols. One Sumerian pictogram, for example, indicates ‘death’ by combining the symbols for ‘man’ and winter’; another shows ‘power’ with the symbol for a man with the hands enlarged.
6 By about 5,000 years ago, Sumerian pictograms had spread to other areas, and the Sumerians had made a major advance towards modern writing with the development of the rebus principle, which meant that symbols could be used to indicate sounds. This was done try using a particular symbol not only for the thing it originally represented, but also for anything which was pronounced in a similar way. So the pictogram for na (meaning ‘animal’) could also be used to mean ‘old’ (which was also pronounced na). The specific meaning of the pictogram (whether na meant ‘old’ or animal j could only be decided through its context.
7 It is a short step from this to the development of syllabic writing using pictograms, and this next development took about another half a century. Now the Sumerians would add pictograms to each other, so that each, representing an individual sound – or syllable – formed part of a larger word. Thus pictograms representing the syllables he, na and mi (‘mother’, ‘old’, my’) could be put together to form henami or ‘grandmother’.
Questions 26-32
Reading Passage 3 has seven paragraphs 1 – 7. Choose the most suitable headings for paragraphs 1 – 7 from the list of headings below. Write the appropriate letters A – H in boxes 26 – 32 on your answer sheet. There are more headings than paragraphs, so you will not use them all.
Paragraph Headings
A Magic and Heroes
B Doing Business
C Early Developments
D Sounds and Symbols
E Images on Stone
F Stories and Seasons
G A Personal Record
H From Visual to Sound
26 Paragraph 1
27 Paragraph 2
28 Paragraph 3
29 Paragraph 4
30 Paragraph 5
31 Paragraph 6
32 Paragraph 7
Questions 33-37
Complete the following notes on Reading Passage 3 using ONE or TWO WORDS from the Reading Passage for each answer. Write your answers in boxes 33 – 37 on your answer sheet.
Notes on the Development of Writing
First stage of writing – pre-writing or proto-literacy – very old – 15,000 years. Evidence: cave and rock paintings. Famous example – (33)…………………………. Reasons for development of writing: primitive ceremonies, recording events, seasons, used on pottery to represent (34)………………………… Next stage: simple pictograms – pictures used to represent articles and (35)…………………………… Very simple drawings (but very difficult to understand). Then – 8000 BC – combined (36)……………………………..to create new concepts (eg. man + winter = death). After this – started using same pictogram for different words with same (37)…………………………Very important step.
Questions 38 – 40
Choose the appropriate letters A – D and write them in boxes 38 – 40 on your answer sheet.
38 The earliest stages of writing
A were discovered 15,000 years ago and are found all over the world.
B are pictures which show the natural life of the time.
C are called petrographs and were painted with natural materials.
D could not describe concepts.
39 The earliest pictograms
A represent complex objects and are difficult to understand.
B represent comparatively simple objects and are easy to understand.
C are a record of events for outsiders.
D are fairly simple but may not be easy to interpret.
40 About 5.000 years ago
A Sumerians were developing sounds.
B Sumerians were writing in a modern style.
C pictograms were used over a wide area.
D pictogram symbols could only have one meaning.
Comments are closed.
Ю.С. Веселова
ТЕМАТИЧЕСКИЙ
ТРЕНАЖЕР ПО АНГЛИЙСКОМУ ЯЗЫКУ
ЧТЕНИЕ
ГОТОВИМСЯ К ЕГЭ
Москва
«Интеллект-Центр»
2012
удк 373. 167.l:81 1.l l l+81 1. l l l (075.3)
ББК 81.2 Англ — 922 в 38
Веселова, Ю.С.
В38 Тематический тренажер по
английскому языку. Чтение. (Готовимся к ЕГЭ)/ ЮС. Веселова. — Москва:
Интеллект-Центр, 2012. — 64 с.
ISBN 978-5-89790-845-5
«Тематический тренажер ЧТЕНИЕ по
английскому языку» поможет подготовиться к выполнению заданий по лексике
раздела «Чтение» ЕГЭ по английскому языку. В пособие включены задания
экзаменационного типа, соответствующие заданиям В2, ВЗ и А 15—A21 ЕГЭ по
английскому языку. В пособие также включены рекомендации и алгоритмы, с помощью
которых выполнять задания на чтение можно легко и без ошибок. «Тематический
тренажер ЧТЕНИЕ по английскому языку» можно использовать как при классной
работе в школе, так и для самостоятельной подготовки к ЕГЭ по английскому языку
и для индивидуальных занятий с репетитором. Материалы данного пособия
пригодятся вам для подготовки к международным экзаменам FCE, IELTS, TOEFL и
других удк 373.167.l:81 1.l l l+81 1.1 1 1 (0753) ББК 81.2 Англ — 922
Генеральный
директор издательства «Интеллект-Центр»: Миндюк М.Б.
Редактор:
Локтионов Д.П.
Художественный
редактор: Воробьева ЕЮ.
Подписано в
печать 24.11.2011 г. Формат 60х84/8.
Усл. печ. ле
8,0. Тираж 5000 экз.
Заказ № 2474
ISBN
978-5-89790-845-5 
«Интеллект-Цснтр», 2012
© ЮС. Веселова, 2011
ВВЕДЕНИЕ
«Тематический тренажер ЧТЕНИЕ по
английскому языку» предназначен для подготовки учащихся 1 1 классов
общеобразовательных школ разного типа к выполнению заданий В2, В2 и A15-A21
раздела «Чтение» Единого Государственного Экзамена, для самостоятельной подготовки
к Единому Государственному Экзамену по английскому языку и для индивидуальных
занятий с репетитором. Также «Тематический тренажер ЧТЕНИЕ по английскому
языку» может быть использован для подготовки к международным экзаменам FCE,
IELTS, TOEFL и других.
«Тематический тренажер ЧТЕНИЕ по
английскому языку» состоит из теоретических и практических материалов, с
помощью которых можно наиболее полно подготовиться к выполнению заданий на
чтение.
В «Тематический тренажер ЧТЕНИЕ по
английскому языку» включены следующие темы:
— Описание раздела «Чтение» в ЕГЭ по
английскому языку.
Задание В2 направлено на установление
соответствия и относится к базовому (простому) уровню сложности. При выполнении
данного задания нужно уметь понять основную тему текста. В задании В2
используются краткие тексты (или абзацы текста) информационного и
научно-популярного характера. В задании В2 нужно установить соответствие между
заголовками и текстами, один из заголовков в задании лишний. В пособие включены
12 заданий В2 и алгоритмы выполнения для данного типа заданий.
Задание ВЗ направлено на понимание
логической структуры текста и относится к повышенному уровню сложности. В
задании ВЗ проверяется умение понять структурносмысловые части текста. В
задании ВЗ нужно заполнить пропуски в тексте частями предложений, одна из
которых лишняя. В данном задании используются публицистические (например,
рецензия) и научно-популярные тексты. В пособие включены 12 заданий ВЗ и
алгоритмы выполнения для данного типа заданий.
— Задания A15—A21 направлены на проверку
полного понимания текста и относятся к высокому уровню сложности. В заданиях
A15—A21 проверяется умение полностью понять текст, в том числе проверяется
способность делать выводы из прочитанного текста. В заданиях A15—A21 нужно
выбрать один из четырех вариантов ответа, в соответствии с прочитанным текстом.
В данном задании используются художественные или публицистические (например,
эссе) тексты. В пособие включены 12 заданий A15—A21 и алгоритмы выполнения для
данного типа заданий.
— В конце «Тематического тренажера ЧТЕНИЕ
по английскому языку» включены ответы к упражнениям.
Для подготовки к остальным разделам
экзамена рекомендуем использовать следующие книги серии «Тематический
тренажер»: ГРАММАТИКА, СЛОВООБРАЗОВАНИЕ, ЛЕКСИКА, ПИСЬМО. Более подробную
информацию по подготовке е ЕГЭ по английскому языку можно найти на сайте
www.help-ege.ru.
Успехов!
Автор и составитель ЮС. Веселова
З
РАЗДЕЛ
«ЧТЕНИЕ»
Раздел «Чтение» включает в себя 20
заданий. Рекомендуемое время выполнения раздела «Чтение» — 30 минут. Задания
включают в себя три типа заданий: задания Ю, ВЗ и задания А15—А21. Задания
различаются по формату (задание на установление соответствия и задание с
множественным выбором ответа), по уровням сложности (базовый, повышенный и
высокий уровни сложности), по проверяемым умениям (умение понять основную тему
текста, умение понять структурно-смысловые связи текста, умение понимать
логические связи в предложении и между частями текста; делать выводы из
прочитанного). В данном разделе могут быть использованы публицистические,
художественные, научно-популярные и прагматические тексты. Другими словами, это
могут быть тексты журнальных статей, брошюр, путеводителей, газетные и
журнальные статьи. Только в заданиях Al 5—A21, которые относятся к высокому
уровню сложности, могут быть использованы отрывки из художественных текстов.
|
ЗаДание |
Количество вопросов |
Проверяемые умения |
Тип текста |
Тип заДания |
|
Базовый уровень |
7 |
Умение понять |
Журнальные статьи, брошюры, п теводители |
Задание на установление соответствия |
|
вз Повышенный уровень |
6 |
Умение |
Газетные или журнальные статьи |
Задание на установление соответствия |
|
А15-А21 Высокий уровень |
7 |
Умение понимать |
Журнальные статьи, современных авторов |
Задание с множественным выбором ответа |
ЗАДАНИЕ НА
УСТАНОВЛЕНИЕ СООТВЕТСТВИЯ Ю
(понимание
основного содержания текста)
Задание В2 направлено на установление
соответствия и относится к базовому (простому) уровню сложности. Для успешного
выполнения задания В2 нужно уметь понять основную тему текста. В задании В2
используются краткие тексты (или абзацы текста) информационного и
научно-популярного характера. В задании В2 нужно установить соответствие между
заголовками и текстами, один из заголовков в задании лишний.
При выполнении данного задания можно
использовать следующие стратегии:
1. Внимательно
прочитайте заголовки и выделите (подчеркните) в них ключевые слова.
2. Быстро
прочитайте тексты или абзацы текста, чтобы понять, о чем они.
З. Выделите в текстах ключевые слова
или фразы, выражающие тему/ основную мысль и соотнести их с ключевыми словами в
заголовке.
4. Подберите
заголовок, соответствующий, с Вашей точки зрения, тому или иному тексту.
5. Не
обращайте внимания на незнакомые слова, если они не • мешают понимать основную
мысль. При выполнении этого задания вам не нужно полностью понимать значения
всех слов. Можно применить метод «языковой догадки» в отношении незнакомых слов
или просто не обращать на них внимания.
6. Помните,
что лишний заголовок не соотносится ни с одним из текстов.
7. Не
оставляйте ни одного вопроса без ответа. Если вы не знаете ответ — постарайтесь
угадать его.
1.
YcmŒogume coomgemcmeue
Me.ycÒy 3aeonoocapvtu 1—8 u maccma.Mu A—G. 3Œecume ceou omeembl 8 ma6nuqy.
14cn0J1b3Yüme KaoæÒyo guØpy monbK0 oÒuH pa3. B
3aòaHuu oÒuH 3azonoeoR nuumuü.
|
1. Cultural activities |
5. |
|
2. |
6. Special consideration |
|
3. Formal means of assessments |
7. |
|
4, Getting around the |
8, |
A. For many courses in the University, the
majority of your marks will be based on your written work. It is essential that
you develop your skills as a writer for the different disciplines in which you
study. Most departments offer advice and guidelines on how to present your
written assignments. But you should be aware that the requirements may vary
from one department to another.
B. There are two formal examination periods each
year: first semester period beginning in June and the second period beginning
in November. Additionally, individual departments may examine at other times
and by various methods such as ‘take-home’ exams, assignments, orally,
practical work and so on.
|
c |
D |
|||||
C. If you feel your performance in an
examination has been adversely affected by illness or misadventure, you should
talk to the course Coordinator in your department and complete the appropriate
form. Each case is considered on its own merits.
D. The University has arrangements with colleges
throughout the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia. The schemes are open to
undergraduate and postgraduate students and allow you to complete a semester or
a year of your study overseas. The results you gain are credited towards your
degree at the University. This offers an exciting and challenging way of
broadening your horizons as well as enriching your academic experience in a
different environment and culture.
E. Youth Allowance may be available to full-time
students. Reimbursement of travel costs may also be available in some cases.
Postgraduate research funds are offered for full-time study towards Masters by
Research or PhD degrees. These are competitive and the closing date for
applications is 31 October in the year prior to the one for which the funds are
sought.
F. Your student card, obtained on co:npletion of
enrollment, is proof that you are enrolled. Please take special care of it and
carry it with you when you are at the University. You may be asked to show it
to staff at any time. This card is also your discount card and access card for
the Students’ Union as well as allowing you access to the library.
G. The University provides opportunities for a
wide range of activities, from the production of films and plays, to concerts
and magazines, and even art and photo exhibitions. If you have a creative idea
in mind, pick up a form from ACCESS on Level 3 of the College Wandsworth
Building and fill it through. All the ideas will be considered.
2.
VcmaHoeume
coomæmcmeue Me.ycÒy 3aeon08Ka,uu 1—8 u mevccmauu A—G.
3aæcume ceou omeembl e ma6nugy. ¼cnonb3YÜme
Kaoæòyo quØpy monbK0 oÒuH pm. B 3aòaHuu
oÒuH 3azon080K nuumuü.
1. Dancing helps to
overcome difficulties 5. Hip-Hop movement
2, Boy’s talents 6.
Senseless Life
3. Youth’s life in Bronx 7. Youth’s
hobbies in Belafonte’s film
4. Popularity
of breakdance 8. Personal view of the film
A. These three young men belong to
‘Hip-Hop’. This movement developed during the seventies in the USA, especially
in the New York Bronx. It includes rap-songs, graffiti paintings as well as
breakdance. For young boys and girls this movement is becoming more and more a
kind of expression. They see it as a way to achieve something. Here they can
express their longing for admiration, their desires and their disappointments.
B. For too many young people in the USA —
especially those living in slums such as the New York Bronx — life seems to be
without sense. «Only living people are able to cry. People murder people.
A world without sense.» This is their. reaction sung in a rap-song.
C. The film isn’t a copy of usual
breakdance films. Belafonte shows more. He shows the life of youth in the Bronx
and their thrilling joy of life. And he demonstrates breakdance in nearly
acrobatic pictures. Little Lee, whose feet seem to be of gum when the rhythm of
breakdancing not only as a means of earning some cents. For him it is more than
just dancing. In it he expresses his disappointments and his longing for
something better.
D. Those young people — Black and White —
create a world of their own — a wild, crazy, colourful world, and the rhythm of
their music is their pulsation. For a short time they forget the cruelty of
daily life in a world without illusions and without pity. The film tries to
seize light and darkness of that life.
E. So it is understandable why little
Black Lee is breakdancing in the streets of New York, why Ramon — an unemployed
white boy who is painting the white trains of the New York subway — considers
himself to be an artist. And Kenny, who is unemployed, too, as a disc jockey
produces his own music, mixing it with the help of things like dropping
watertaps or brushes, thus producing a truly fascinated music. The reaction of
his audience speaks for itself.
F.
My first
impression was that the problem dealt with is not presented as clichés,
everybody gets a lot background information. In an interview Harry Belafonte
said: «I’ve followed breakdevelopment attentively. It is an outcry of a
youth we all have forgotten. A shriek of a youth without future in reality,
with true ‘no future’ .. «
G. Breakdance, graffiti-painting,
rap-songs, Hip-Hops… — fascinating words, but what about their background?
What make Black youth in the USA engage in such admittedly impressive hobbies?
«Beat Street», a film produced by Harry Belafonte, provides some
information. There a lot of pros and cons about this film, a lot of different
opinions about it.
|
B |
c |
|||||
3.
YcmaH06ume
coomæmcmeue Meoæòy 3aeonogŒca.Mu 1—8 u meKcma.Mu A—G
3Œecume ceou omeembz g ma6nuqy. Mcnonæyüme Kaoæòyo
uuØpy monbK0 oÒuH pa.3. B 3aòaHuu oÒuH 3azon060K
nuumuÜ.
1. Successful career 5.
Sharing impressions with a friend
2. Challenging job 6. Job offer
3, Preparing for a job
interview 7. Enjoyable job
4.
Personality 8. Applying for a job
A.. A bright sixteen-or-seventeen-year-old is
needed to work on Saturdays from nine till six on our market stall selling
clothes. Our stock consists of a wide range of trousers, jeans and shirts of
modern design. No previous experience is necessary as we provide full training
on the job. The main qualities required are an ability to deal with the
customers in a positive and friendly manner.
B.
You are a natural
optimist. You are happy most of the time and always expect the best. However,
you are often careless and you don’t always work hard enough, because you think
everything will be fine. Remember, nobody is lucky all the time.
|
B |
c |
D |
||||
C.
I was twenty-three when I
went to Cosmopolitan as a secretary. I had to do all the usual secretarial jobs
like answering the phone and typing letters. And at eleven o’clock I made the
coffee, and I had to clean the fridge once a month. After a year I began to
train as a sub-editor and then got my National Certificate — a qualification
for British journalists. After a time I became features editor on Cosmopolitan.
My secretarial training has been incredibly useful.
D Find out as much as you can about your prospective
employers and the business they are in. Think about the questions you are most
likely to be asked, and at least three questions you would like to ask them.
Don’t only talk about what you hope to get from the fim. Say what you can do
for them and all the things in your previous experience and training that you
think will be useful in the new job.
E. feel I would be suitable for this position
because I have good organizational skills, and I greatly enjoy going out and
meeting new people. I have experience of this kind of work. Last summer I was
employed by Imperial Hotels as a tour organizer, and arranged excursions to
places of interest. I also worked for London Life last Christmas, which
involved taking groups of tourists around the capital. Please do not hesitate
to contact me if you require any further information. I look forward to hearing
from you.
F. At the moment I’m staying at a hotel in
Athens and I’m doing quite a lot of sightseeing. You would not believe it but
the job doesn’t seem to be too demanding. Most of the time I deal with bookings
and answer inquiries. But I suppose it’ll be different when the tourist season
starts next month. Even now restaurants are beginning to get busier. Next, I’m
moving to the island of Crete, which is where most of the people in the company
live. See you soon.
G. There are Search and Rescue Services all
around the coast of Britain. They must be ready to go out at any time of the
day or night and in any weather. Sometimes they must rescue people in the
mountains in a storm at night. It isn’t easy to navigate a helicopter in the
dark just a few metres from a mountain. The crews work on 24 hour shifts, so if
a ship sinks or if someone falls down a cliff, Search and Rescue will be there
to help.
4,
YcmŒoeume coomeemcmeue MeatCÒy
3aeon06Kajuu 1 — 8 u maccmauu A — G. 3aHecume ceou omeembl g ma6nuqy.
Mcn0J1b3Yüme Kaacòyo quØpy mo.WbK0 oÒuH B
3aòaHuu oÒuH 3az0J1080R nuumuÜ.
1.
Simulating a
natural environment
2.
Demands on space and energy are reduced
3.
The plans for
future homes
4.
Underground living accommodation
5.
Some buildings do not require natural light
6.
Developing underground services
7.
Homes sold before completion
8.
An underground home is discovered
A.
The first anybody knew about Dutchman Franck Siegmund and his family
was when workmen tramping through a field found a narrow steel chimney
protruding from the glass. Closer inspection revealed a chink of sky-light
window among the thistles, and when amazed investigators moved down the side of
the hill they came across a pine door complete with leaded diamond glass and a
brass knocker set into an underground building. The Siegmund had managed to
live undetected for six years outside the border-town of Breda, in Holland.
There are the latest in a clutch of individualistic homemakers who have
burrowed underground in search of tranquillity.
B.
Most have been forced to dismantle their individualistic homes
and return to more conventional lifestyles. But a Dutch-style houses are about
to become respectable and chic. The foundations had yet to be dug, but
customers queued up to buy the unusual part-submerged houses, whose back wall
consists of a grassy mound and whose front is a long grass gallery.
C.
The Dutch are not the only would-be moles. Growing numbers of
Europeans are burrowing below ground to create houses, offices, discos and
shopping malls. It is already proving a way of life in extreme climates; in
winter months in Montreal, Canada, for instance, citizens can escape the cold
in an underground complex complete with shops and even health clinics. In Tokyo
builders are planning a massive underground city to be begun in the next
decade, and underground shopping malls are already common in Japan, where 90
percent of the population is squeezed into 20 percent of the landscape.
D.
Building big commercial buildings underground can be a way to
avoid threatening a beautiful and ‘environmentally sensitive’ landscape. Indeed
many of the buildings which consume most land — such as cinemas, supermarkets,
theatres, warehouses or libraries — have no need to be on the surface since
they do not need windows.
E.
There are big advantages too, when it comes to private homes. A
development of 194 houses which would take up 14 hectares of land above ground
would occupy 2,7 hectares below it, while the number of roads would be halved.
Under several of earth, noise is minimal and insulation is excellent.
F.
In the US, where
energy-efficient homes became popular after oil crisis of 1973, 10,000
underground houses have been built. A terrace of five homes, Britain’s first
subterranean development, is under way in Nottinghamshire. Italy’s outstanding
example of subterranean architecture is the Olivetti residential centre in
Ivrea. Commissioned by Roberto Olivetti in 1969, it comprises 82 one-bedroomed
apartments and 12 maisonettes and forms a house-hotel for Olivetti employees.
It is built into a hill and little can be seen from outside except a glass
façade. Patricia Vallecchi, a resident since 1992, says it is little
different from living in a conventional apartment.
G.
Not everyone adapts so
well, and in Japan scientists at the Shimuzu Corporation have developed ‘space
creation’ systems which mix light, sounds, breezes and scents to stimulate
people who spend long periods below ground. Underground offices in Japan are
being equipped with ‘virtual’ windows and mirrors, while underground
departments in the University of Minnesota have periscopes to reflect views and
light.
|
c |
D |
|||||
5,
YcmŒoeume coomeemcmgue .n,te3fCÒy 3aeon08Kauu 1—8
u maccmauu A—G. 3aHecume ceou omeembl g maõnuqy. Mcnonb3Yüme
Kaoæòyo qu(þpy monbK0 oÒuH pa3, B
3aòaŒtuu oÒuH 3a20J1080K nuuuuü.
|
1. Odd Hobby |
5. Divorces in Britain |
|
2. Animal Protection |
6. Reserved nation? |
|
3. Marriage: Modern View |
7, |
|
4. A National Hobby |
8, Spoil Your Pet |
A.
The family in Britain is changing. People get married at a later
age and many career-oriented women don’t want to have children immediately.
They prefer to do well at their jobs first and put off having a baby until
their late thirties. However, maniage and the family are still popular. Most
people in Britain still get married and stay together until the end of their
lives. The majority of divorced people marry again, and they sometimes take
responsibility for a second family. Relationships within the family are also
changing. Parents treat their children more as equals than they used to.
B.
Many visitors who come to Britatin often say that it is very
difficult to make friends with British people because they are cold and
resewed. This is not true. What is true is that different cultures have
different ways of showing affection. In many countries (e.g. Spain or Russia)
friends often hug and kiss each other when they get together. In Britain this
is not so common. British people are not likely to tell their whole life story
to a complete stranger or even share their problems and worries with a friend.
The reason is that they don’t want to trouble other people with their problems.
C.
From going for picnics in the rain to playing cricket, the
British do many things that confuse people from other countries. However, there
are some sports and hobbies that confuse even British people themselves.
Perhaps the strangest of them is train spotting. Basically train spotting is
collecting trains. But a locomotive won’t fit in your house or garage, will it?
So train spotters simply write down the serial number of every train they see.
They stand for hours at major UK stations sipping tea from their thermos flasks
and waiting for the next train.
D.
Like everybody else, British people like doing things outside
work. Gardening is a well-known favourite. As the weather in Britain is
relatively mild, British people manage to do gardening almost all the year
round. Sometimes this can be just doing a bit of weeding, and sometimes serious
vegetable and fruit growing. Mowing grass is also very important. Every Sunday
morning (except for winter) people come out to mow their lawns. The British see
an unmown lawn not only as a sign of laziness, but also as disrespect to others
(and you can get fined for it as well).
E.
It is no secret that British people love their pets to bits and
would do anything to make their life happy. But just how far does this love go?
The answer is QUITE far. Today, half of the 24.2 million homes in Great Britain
have a pet. Cats are especially popular because many people who live alone and
go to work like independent pets. There are eight million cats in Britain.
Other popular pets are dogs, birds, rabbits, fish, guinea-pigs and hamsters.
But you can also come across such exotic pets as crocodiles, spiders, snakes
and lizards.
F.
The British have
always loved animals. Great Britain was the first country to create a society
to protect animals in 1824. The society still exists today, and it is called
the RSPCA — the Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals. The
RSPCA finds new owners for 96,000 homeless animals every yeare Besides, it
organizes different public events and is involved in lots of activities in the
sphere of protecting animals’ rights. The RSPCA also provides charity support
to animal shelters.
G.
Today’s posh pets
need more than good food. They want to be pampered, just like humans. In
Britain you can see an astrologer who will do a special horoscope for your pet.
You can take your pet to see a psychologist. You can buy pet accessories and
designer clothes. There are also special accessories designed to keep your pet
fit, such as treadmills for dogs to exercise indoors or orthopaedic beds for
dogs that suffer from a bad back. There is even a pet hotel in Newcastle that
offers cats and dogs a gym, a jacuzzi and watching videos of their owners!
|
c |
F |
|||||
6.
YcmaHoeume coomeemcmeue
auewcòy 3azonooca..uu 1—8 u meccma.uu A—G. 3Œecume cgou omgenabz e
ma6nuvy. Mcnonæyüme Kaacòyo quØpy monbK0 oÒuH
pan B 3aòaHuu oÒug 3aZ0JZ080K JIUWHuÜ.
|
1, Magic and Heroes |
5. Images on Stone |
|
2. Doing Business |
6. Stories and Seasons |
|
3, Early Developments |
7. Personal Record |
|
4, Sounds and Symbols |
8. From Visual to Sound |
A. The
earliest stage of writing is called pre-writing or proto-literacy, and depends
on direct representation of objects, rather than representing them with letters
or other symbols. Evidence for this stage, in the form of rock and cave
paintings, dates back to about 15,000 years ago, although the exact dates are
debatable. This kind of proto-literate cave painting has been found in Europe,
with the best known examples in South-Western France, but also in Africa and on
parts of the American continent. These petrographs (pictures on rock) show
typical scenes of the period, and include representations of people, animals
and activities.
B. Why
did ancient people put such effort into making them? Various theories have been
put forward, but the most compelling include the idea that the pictures were
records of heroic deeds or important events, that they were part of magical
ceremonies, or that they were a form of primitive calendar, recording the
changes in the seasons as they happened. These, then, are all explanations as
to why man started to write.
C. A
related theory suggests that the need for writing arose thereafter from the
transactions and bartering that went on. In parts of what is now Iraq and Iran,
small pieces of fired earth — pottery — have been found which appear to have
been used as tokens to represent bartered objects, much as we use tokens in a
casino, or money, today. Eventually, when the tokens themselves became too
numerous to handle easily, representations of the tokens were inscribed on clay
tablets.
D. An early
form of writing is the use of pictograms, which are pictures used to
communicate. Pictograms have been found from almost every part of the world and
every era of development, and are still in use in primitive communities
nowadays. They represent objects, ideas or conceptsmore or less directly. They
tend to be simple in the sense that they are not a complex or full picture,
although they are impressively difficult to interpret to an outsider unfamiliar
with their iconography, which tends to be localized and to differ widely from
society to society. They were never intended to be a detailed testimony which
could be interpreted by outsiders, but to serve instead as aide-memoires to the
author, rather as we might keep a diary in a personal shorthand.
E. The
first pictograms that we know of are Sumerian in origin, and date to about 8000
BC. They show how images used to represent concrete objects could be expanded
to include abstractions by adding symbols together, or using associated
symbols. One Sumerian pictogram, for example, indicates ‘death’ by combining
the symbols for ‘man’ and ‘winter’, another shows ‘power’ with the symbol for a
man with the hands enlarged.
F. By
about 5,000 years ago, Sumerian pictograms had spread to other areas, and the
Sumerians had made a major advance towards modem writing with the development
of the rebus principle, which meant that symbols could be used to indicate
sounds. This was done by using a particular symbol not only for the thing it
originally represented, but also for anything which was pronounced in a similar
way. So the pictogram for na (meaning ‘animal’) could also be used to mean
‘old’ (which was also pronounced na). The specific meaning of the pictogram
(whether na meant ‘old’ or ‘animal’) could only be decided through its context.
G. It is a
short step from this to the development of syllabic writing using pictograms,
and this next development took about another half a century. Now the Sumerians
would add pictograms to each other, so that each, representing an individual
sound — or syllable — formed part of a larger word. Thus pictograms
representing the syllables he, na and mi (‘mother’, ‘old’, ‘my’) could be put
together to form henami or ‘ grandmother’.
|
c |
||||||
7.
YcmŒoeume coomeemcmeue .Me3fCÒy 3aeOJZ06Ka.MU 1—8
u maccma.,uu A—G. 3aæcume ceou omeembl e ma6nuqy.
¼cnonæyüme RaozÒyo qu4py monbK0 oÒuH pa-3. B
3aòaHuu oÒuH 3aZOJ1080K nuumui.
|
1, Learning takes time |
5. Ear training |
|
2, Use of a tense |
6. Public speaking |
|
3. Opinion essay |
7. Listening for note-making |
|
4. Punctuation |
8. Applying for a job |
A.
They help the reader to make good of what is being read. The
comma is second in importance to the full stop. The full stop marks a break
between sentences, and the comma marks a slightly smaller or shorter break in
the sentence. It tells the reader to pause slightly within the sentence. There
are also particular cases where commas are always used, for example, marking
off the items in a list.
B.
Choose a topic of interest to the class as a whole. In preparing
your speech remember that it is a speech and not an essay. When you give a
speech, it should not sound as though it is being read. Some people make notes
and then address the audience using their notes. Others, though, write out the
whole speech but then read it «dramatically». In general, the
sentences in a speech are shorter than they are in an essay.
C.
The use of the present perfect and the past simple can be one of
the most difficult things to learn in English, particularly for Russian
speakers. It won’t be possible for you to leam it very quickly. 
Don’t worry.
Practice the tenses as much as possible whenever you can and little by little
you will learn how to use them properly.
D.
The present perfect links the past and the presente It is often
used with «just» to describe an action in the recent past. It is also
used for recent actions in the past with a present result, when the evidence is
in the present. It also denotes actions which began in the past and still take
place or are happening now. Finally, we use the present perfect tense to relate
experience from the past until now.
E.
Use the first paragraph to state your reason for writing. If you
are replying to an advertisement you should mention where you saw it. In the
second paragraph draw attention to what makes you a particularly suitable
person for the post. Use present tenses to highlight your present situation and
skills. Use the present perfect to describe relevant recent experience. Use the
past tense to describe relevant achievements in the past. Don’t use informal
expressions.
F.
The best way of improving is to get as much practice in listening
as possible. Some of this may be «real» English on television and
radio. Use your knowledge of the world to help you predict or guess what people
are talking about. Never stop listening too early, because quite a lot of what
is said may be repeated, Don’t worry if you cannot understand every word. We
rarely follow everything we hear, even in our own language.
G.
It is important to have a good strong opening if your writing is
aimed at persuading people to change their views. You can start by presenting
the opposite point of view to your own, using expressions like «Some
people argue etc. This is usually followed by linking words which serve to
introduce the other side of the argument. You can personalise the argument by
using real examples. Group what you want to say into main topic areas.
|
c |
||||||
8.
YcmaHoeume coomeemcmeue
MeotcÒy meoJ108Ka.n,tu 1—8 u me,tccma.Mu A—G. 3Œecume
ceou omgembz 8 ma6nuw. 14cn0J1b3Yüme ,tcaoæòyo
guØpy monbK0 oÒuŒ{ pa.3. B 3aòaHuu OÒUH
3aeon060K JZUIUHUÜ.
|
1, An unexpected preference for modern items 2. 3. A lengthy, but necessary task 4. The |
5. The two roles of museums 6, Who owns the museum 7. 8. |
A. When, in
1938, the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History, in Washington DC,
decided it had run out of space, it began transferring part of its collection
from the cramped attic ad basement rooms where the specimens had been
languishing to an out-of-town warehouse. Restoring those speciments to pristine
conditions was a monumental task. One member staff, for example, spent six
months doing nothing but gluing the legs back on the crane flies. But 30
million items and seven years later, the job was done.
B. At
least for the moment. For the Smithsonian owns 130 million plants, animals,
rocks and fossils and that number is growing at 2-3% a year. On an
international scale, however, such numbers are not exceptional. The Natural
History Museum in London has 80 million speciments. And the Science Museum has
300,000 objects recording the history of science and technology. Deciding what
to do with these huge accumulations of things is becoming a problem They cannot
be thrown away, but only a tiny fraction can be put on display.
C. The
huge, invisible collections behind the scenes at science and natural history
museums are the result of the dual functions of these institutions. On the one
hand, they are places for the public to go and look at things. On the other,
they are places of research — and researchers are not interested merely in the
big, showy things that curators like to reveal to the public.
D. The
public is often surprised at the Science Museum’s interest in recent objects.
Neil Brown, the senior curator for classical physics, says he frequently turns
down antique brass and mahogany electrical instruments on the grounds that they
are already have enough of them, but he is happy to receive objects such as the
Atomic domestic coffee maker, and a 114-piece Do-ItYourself toolkit with canvas
case, and a green beer bottle.
E. Natural
history Museums collect for a different reason. Their accumulations are part of
attempts to identify and understand the natural world. Some of the plants and
animals they hold are «type speciments». In other words, they are the
standard reference unit, like a reference weight or length, for the species in
question. Other speciments are valuable because of their age. One of the most
famous demonstrations of natural selection in action was made using museum
speciments. A study of moths collected over a long period of time showed that
their wings became darker (which made them less visible to birds) as the
industrial revolution made Britain more polluted.
F. Year
after year, the value of such collections quietly and valuably increases, as
scientists find uses that would have been unimaginable to those who started
them a century or two ago. Genetic analysis, pharmaceutical development and so
on would have been unimaginable to the museum’s founders.
G.
But as the
collections grow older, they grow bigger. Insects may be small, but there are
millions of them and entomologists would like to catalogue every one. And when
the reference material is a pair of giraffes or a blue whale, space becomes a
problem. That is why museums such as the Smithsonian are increasingly forced to
tum to out of town storage facilities. But museums that show the public only a
small fraction of their material risk losing the goodwill of governments and
the public, which they need to keep running. Hence, the determination of so
many museums is to make their back room collections more widely available.
|
c |
||||||
9.
YcmŒoeume coomæmcmgue
MeoæÒy 3’Z20JZ08Ka.MU 1—8 u maccma,’vtu A—G. 3aHecume cgou omeembl
e ma6nuqy. 14cnonb3Yüme Kaoæòyo qz4py monbK0 oÒuH pa3,
B 3aòaHuu oÒuH 3aeonoeoK .nuumuÜ.
|
1. About Jago International |
5. The Professional Development Unit |
|
2. Training Outside Jago |
6. Find out More |
|
3. Personal Development |
7. Routes to Professional Development |
|
4. Achieving the Best |
8. Why Jago Encourages |
A.
Jago International is a by-word for quality in vocational
education. From training in the use of the humble word processor to the highest
level of negotiation skills, Jago International will arrange for employers to
gain the most from their employees’ abilities, and for employees to make the
best of themselves. Jago International has an unblemished record of achievement
after more than 50 years’ work with the world’s largest companies.
B.
Jago International is committed to the personal and professional
development of its own staff. This is in keeping with its philosophy of
‘Achieving the best, for the best of all possible worlds’. Only if our own
staff arc fully-trained and fulfilled can our customers receive the most
up-to-date and most effective training for their own development.
C.
Staff are encouraged to pursue both personal and professional
qualifications to ensure they fulfil their potential to the greatest degree.
There are a number of ways staff can achieve this with the support of Jago
International. Staff may take any of the wide assortment of training courses
administered through our own Professional Development Unit. Staff may be
directed to take outside qualifications from other training providers where we
do not provide these qualifications ourselves. Staff may also wish to take time
to pursue individual training goals and, where appropriate, Jago international
will support this.
D.
Jago
International’s Professional Development Unit is housed in our Freemantle
headquarters but delivers courses on-site in each of our regional centres. A
Inonthly schedule of courses available is sent to every section and department
head and is postcd on main noticc boards and the Jago wcbsite, Thesc courses
extend from word proccssing and spreadsheet use, to staff and project
management, to our own MBA courses run in association with the University of
Freemantlc. Thcsc courses are frec to all Jago staff. Applications should bc
made through your linc supervisor or head of department.
E.
It may be
appropriate to take courses or qualifications which are not covered in the
range offered by our P DU. Staff arc encouraged to take courses and
qualifications with other trainincr organisations with the agreement
of their line supcžvisor or head of depanment. Support and funding is
available to staff through the PDU where this is thought appropriatc and
helpful to the company as a whole. Application forms for funding can bc
obtained from Dr Bob Morley, the Director of our PDU, but must bc submitted by
the appropriate head of department. Within thc last year we have supported
staff taking courses in Advanced Marketing at the University of Freemantle. It
is company policy for staff to make sonnc financial commit:nent to the courses
they take in these circumstances.
F.
Staff may also wish to take other courses or training for their
own personal development and there are opportunities for support here too. The
PDU has a budget for extraordinary training to provide some help to staff
undertaking training in this category. This is also administered by Dr Morley
in the PDU and an application fon•n should be sought from him. Currently being
funded are courses at the Queensland Higher College in aromatherapy and
spiritual cleansing.
G.
For a full description of all courses and funding opportunities
available to staff through Jago International, contact Dr Bob Morley on
extension 5391 or at the Professional Development Unit at the Headquarters
Building.
|
D |
||||||
10.
YcmŒoeume coomgemcmeue
.MeOfCÒy .3ac’0J108Ka,uu 1—8 u meKcmauu A—G. 3aHecume ceou owtgembl e
ma6nugy. Mcn0J1b3Yüme Kaoæòyo bf*).’ monbK0 oÒuH pa3.
B 3aòaHuu oÒuH 3az0J1060K nuuazuü.
10 Stages of sleep 5.
What causes insomnia
2.
The purpose of
sleep 6. Reasons for sleep disorders
3. How
to overcome sleep-related problems 7. Sleep helps to remain healthy
4. Average
amount of sleep 8, How some hormone works
A.
It is estimated that the average man or woman needs between
seven-and-a-half and eight flours’ sleep a night. Some can manage on a lot
less. Baroness Thatcher, for example, was reported to be able to get by on four
hours’ sleep a night when she was Prime Minister of Britain. Dr Jill Wilkinson,
senior lecturer in psychology at Surrey University states that healthy
individuals sleeping less than five hours or even as little as two hours in
every 24 hours are rare, but represent a sizeable minority.
B.
The latest beliefs are that the main purposes of sleep are
to enable the body to rest and replenish, allowing time for repairs to take
place and for tissue to be regenerated. One supporting piece of evidence for
this rest-and-repair theory is that production of the growth hormone
somatotropin, which helps tissue to regenerate, peaks while we are asleep. Lack
of sleep, however, can compromise the immune system, muddle thinking, cause
depression, promote anxiety and encourage irritability.
C.
Researchers in San Diego deprived a group of men of sleep between
3am and ‘lam on just one night, and found that levels of their bodies’ natural
defences against viral infections had fallen significantly when measured the
following morning. ‘Sleep is essential for our physical and emotional
well-being and there are few aspects of daily living that are not disrupted by
the lack of it’, says Professor William Regelson of Virginia University, a
specialist in insomnia. ‘Because it can seriously undermine the functioning of
the immune system, sufferers are vulnerable to infection.’
D.
For many people, lack of sleep is rarely a matter of choice. Some
have problems getting to sleep, others with staying asleep until the morning.
Despite popular belief that sleep is one long event, research shows that, in an
average night, there are five stages of sleep and four cycles, during which the
sequence of stages is repeated. In the first light phase, the heart rate and
blood pressure go down and the muscles relax. In the next two stages, sleep
gets progressively deeper. In stage four, usually reached after an hour, the
slumber is so deep that, if awoken, the sleeper would be confused and
disorientated. It is in this phase that sleep-walking can occur. In the fifth
stage, the rapid eye movement (REM) stage, the heartbeat quickly gets back to
normal levels, brain activity accelerates to daytime heights and above and the
eyes move constantly beneath closed lids. During this stage, the body is almost
paralysed. This phase is also the time when we dream.
E.
Sleeping patterns change with age, which is why many people over
60 develop insomnia. In America, that age group consumes almost half of the
sleep medication on the One theory for the age-related change is that it is due
to hormonal changes. The temperature rise occurs at daybreak in the young, but
at three or four in the morning in the elderly. Age aside, it is estimated that
roughly one in three people suffer some kind of sleep disturbance. Causes can
be anything from pregnancy and stress to alcohol and heart disease. Smoking is
a known handicap to sleep, with one survey showing that ex-smokers got to sleep
In 18 minutes rather than their earlier average of 52 minutes.
F.
Apart from self-help therapy such as regular exercise, there are
psychological treatments, including relaxation training and therapy aimed at
getting rid of pre-sleep worries and anxieties. There is also sleep reduction
therapy, where the aim is to improve sleep quality by strictly regulating the
time people go to bed and when they gel up. Medication is regarded by many as a
last resort and often takes the form of sleeping pills, normally
benzodiazepines, which are minor tranquillisers.
G.
Professor Regelson advocates the use of melatonin for treating
sleep disoFders. Melatonin is a naturally secreted hormone, located in the
pineal gland deep inside the brain. The main ffinction of the hormone is to
control the body’s biological clock, so we know when to sleep and when to wake.
The gland detects light reaching it through the eye; when there is no light, it
secretes the melatonin into the bloodstream, lowering the body temperature and
helping to induce steep, Melatonin pills contain a synthetic version of the
hormone and are commonly used for jet lag as well as for sleep disturbance.
|
c |
G |
|||||
11.
YcmŒoeume coomeemcmeue
MeoŒcòy 3aeon08Ka.Mu 1—8 u maccmauu A—G. 3aæcume ceou omeembl
e ma6nuqy. Mcnonæyüme KaoæÒyo quñ.’ monbK0
oÒuH pa3. B 3aòaHuu oÒuH 3azon060K nuumuü.
|
1. |
5. Fashion houses |
|
2. |
6, |
|
3. Preparation of a |
7. |
|
4. Conflicting interests |
8. Fashion as the spirit of an age |
A.
One of the most famous
fashion designers of the 20th century was Gianni Versace. At the age of
eighteen, he began working for his mother and quickly learned the skills of
dressmaking and design. By 1982 he was incredibly famous and had won the first
of many awards. His clothes were popular with famous musicians, such as Elton
John and George Michael. He was asked to design costumes for ballets, shows and
concerts. Versace died in 1997, at the age of fifty.
B.
The great dressmaking
firms are usually directed by outstanding dress designers, such as
Schiaparelli, Balenciaga, Molyneux and Chanel. They are in Paris, London, Rome,
Florence and New York, but by far the most important are French ones. This is
because France has nearly always set the fashion in clothes. Twice a year, in
January and July, they present their «collections», that is, their
displays of model clothes, which suggest the ideas on which fashion will be
based in the following spring and autumn.
C.
Some months before the
show the fabric manufacturers bring their materials to the fashion house, and
the designer makes his selection. At the same time, he makes hundreds of
sketches from which new fashion «lines» will eventually develop. If
the original idea proves a success, a «model» is made in materials of
suitable texture and colour. Accessories — hat, gloves, jewellery, etc. — are
added. After months of hard work the «models» are finally ready for
presentation.
D. Since the
beginning of the 20th century ready-made copies of very expensive and
fashionable models have been sold in shops. Clothing manufacturers developed a
method by which simplified versions of a «model» could be reproduced
in large quantities and sold to a much wider market. They employ their own
designers to adapt «models» so that they can be copied and
mass-produced in different sizes.
E.
If you wish to be not
only fashionable but also well dressed, you should bring individuality to your
clothes. Now that fashion has become universal and clothes are mass produced,
it is very difficult to avoid monotony. However, by skilful adaptation and
careful selection, you can give a certain individuality to a general fashion
«line», so that a dress manufactured by the thousands can appear to be
just the dress for you.
F.
The future of fashion as
art may be endangered by the possibility that new styles will be dictated by
businessmen rather than by dress designers. The latter are creative artists,
who are searching for new and original ideas in fashion which will reflect the
mood of the contemporary world. The aim of the businessman is to please the
mass market, which tends to be conservative in its tastes, so they cannot
afford to make a mistake, which often results in dull, lifeless fashion.
F. Fashion does not just
depend on one person’s idea of a new line or a different look, but on something
much wider. It expresses a feeling for what is going on in the world around. It
is a mirror in which are reflected the events, ideas and interests of an entire
era. Dress designers, the artists of the fashion world, try to interpret these
influences and express them in the fashions they produce.
|
c |
D |
|||||
Task 12.
YcmŒoeume coomgemcmgue
Meacòy 3aZOJZOßKa.MU 1—8 u maccma.Mu A—G. 3aHecume ceou omeernbl e
ma6nuqy. Mcnonæyüme qz4py «IOJZbKO OÒUH pa3. B
3aòaHuu OÒUH 3aZOJZ080K JZUWHUÜ,
|
1. New method of research |
5. New phrases enter dictionary |
|
2. Non-verbal content |
6. A cooperative research project |
|
3, The first study of |
7, Accurate word frequency counts |
|
4. Traditional |
8. Alternative expressions provided |
A.
The compiling of dictionaries has been historically the
provenance of studious professorial types — usually bespectacled — who love to
pore over weighty tomes and make pronouncements on the finer nuances of
meaning, They were probably good at crosswords and definitely knew a lot of
words, but the image was always rather dry and dusty. The latest technology is
revolutionising the content of dictionaries and the way they are put together.
B.
For the first time, dictionary publishers are incorporating real,
spoken English into their data. It gives lexicographers (people who write
dictionaries) access to a more vibrant, up-to-date language which has never
really been studied before. In one project, 150 volunteers each agreed to tie a
Walkman recorder to their waist and leave it running for anything up Wvo weeks.
Every conversation they had was recorded. When the data was collected, the
length of tapes was 35 times the depth of the Atlantic Ocean. Teams of audio
typists transcribed the tapes to produce a computerized database of ten million
words.
C.
This has been the basis — along with an existing written corpus —
for the Language Activator dictionary, described by lexicographer Professor
Randolph Quirk as «the book of world has been waiting for.» It shows
advanced foreign learners of English how the language is really used. In the
dictionary, key words such as ‘eat’ are followed by related phrases such as
‘wolf down’ or ‘be a picky eater’, allowing the student to choose the
appropriate phrase.
D.
«This kind of research would be impossible without
computers,» said Delia Summers, a director of dictionaries. «It has
fransfon•ned the way lexicographers work. If you look at the word ‘like’, you 
may
intuitively think that the first and most frequent meaning is the verb, as in ‘I
like swimming’. It is not. It is the preposition, as in ‘she walked like a
duck.» Just because a word or phrase is used doesn’t mean it ends up in a
dictionary. The sifting out process is as vital as ever. But the database does
allow lexicographers to search for a word and find out how frequently it is
used — something that could only be guessed at intuitively before.
E.
Researchers have found that written English works in a very
different way to spoken English. The phrase ‘say what you like’ literally means
‘feel free to say anything you want’, but in reality it is used, evidence
shows, by someone to prevent the other person voicing disagreement. The phrase
‘it’ is a question of crops up on database over and over again. It has nothing
to do with enquiry, but it’s one of the most frequent English phrases which has
never been in a language learner’s dictionary before: it is now.
F.
The spoken Corpus
computer shows how inventive and humorous people are when they are using
language by twisting familiar phrases for effect. It also reveals the power of
the pauses and noises we use to play for time, convey emotion, doubt and irony.
G, For the moment, those benefiting
most from the Spoken Corpus are foreign learners. «Computers allow
lexicographers to search quickly through more examples of real English,»
said Professor Geoffrey Leech of Lancaster University. «They allow dictionaries
to be more accurate and give a feel for how language is being used.» The
spoken Corpus is part of the larger British National Corpus, an initiative
carried out by several groups involved in the production of language learning
materials: publishers, universities and the British Library.
|
B |
c |
D |
||||
ЗАДАНИЕ НА ПОНИМАНИЕ СТРУКТУРНО-СМЫСЛОВЫХ СВЯЗЕЙ В ТЕКСТЕ ВЗ
(на
установление соответствия)
Задание ВЗ направлено на понимание
логической структуры текста и относится к повышенному уровню сложности. В
задании ВЗ проверяется умение понять структурносмысловые части текста. В
задании ВЗ нужно заполнить пропуски в тексте частями предложений, одна из которых
лишняя. В данном задании используются публицистические (например, рецензия) и
научно-популярные тексты,
При выполнении данного задания можно
использовать следующие стратегии:
1. Быстро
прочитайте текст, чтобы понять, о чем он.
2. Внимательно
прочитайте части предложения, которыми Вам следует заполнить пропуски.
3. Старайтесь
заполнять пропуски частями предложений последовательно. Для этого внимательно
прочитайте предложения до и после пропуска.
4. Выделите слова]словосочетания, в
частях предложений, и проанализируйте слова/словосочетания, с которыми они
могут соотноситься в тексте.
5. Решите,
какими частями предложений Вы заполните пропуск. Если у Вас появится желание
вставить какую-то часть предложения еще раз, тогда вернитесь к тексту.
6. Чтобы
видеть, какие части предложения Вы еще не использовали, по ходу выполнения
задания вычеркивайте использованные части предложений.
7. Обращайте
внимание на слова, стоящие до или после пропуска, а также знаки препинания.
8. Обратите
особое внимание на согласование подлежащего со сказуемым, устойчивые выражения
и грамматические структуры.
9. Восстановить
нужную часть предложения помогают союзы и слова-связки:
1) moreover, also,
too, as we11 — используются для того, чтобы добавить факты, мысли к тем,
которые были уже упомянуты.
2) however, but,
though, оп the other hand — используются для того, чтобы сообщить информацию,
противоположную той, которая уже упоминалась.
З) compared with, in comparison with —
используются для того, чтобы сравнить факты, мысли с уже упомянутыми.
4) because, because of.
as а result, therefore — используются для того, чтобы сравнить факты, мысли с
уже упомянутыми.
5) so, then, in
conclusion, in short, after all, as а result — используются для того, чтобы
подвести итог сказанному.
6) so that, in order to
— используются для того, чтобы показать цель действия.
7) for example, for
instance — используются для того, чтобы дать пример.
6rstly, secondly,
fnally, 6rst, next, then, after that, at 6rst — используются для того, чтобы
установить последовательность фактов, событий.
9). this means that — используются для
того, чтобы сделать вывод, заключение.
10) if, in that case — используются для
того, чтобы объяснить условие действия.
1 1) generally — используется для того,
чтобы дать обобщение,
12) by the
way — используется для того, чтобы ввести новую информацию или
прокомментировать то, о чем уже было сказано.
13) that is
to say, to put it in another way — используются для того, чтобы выразить
другими словами то, что уже было сказано.
10. Если Вы затрудняетесь
в выборе части предложения, поставьте цифру наугад, но не оставляйте в бланке
ответов соответствующую клетку незаполненной.
11. По окончании выполнения
задания прочитайте текст с заполненными частями предложения и убедитесь, что
повествование логично.
1.
Tlpogumaüme
meKcm u 3anon,qume nponyacu A—F gacmn.uu npeònooæewü,
0603HageHHbZX 
1—7. OÒHa gacmeü 8
cnucKe 1—7 JZUIUHBB. 3aHecume quØpb1, 0603Hagarotgue coomgemcmg ue
gacmu n eònooæewü, g ma6nu
Ordinary people all over the world are willing to risk their
lives for the ultimate experience — an ‘adrenaline buzz’. What basic human need
is driving them to do it?
Risk sports are one of the fastest-growing
leisure activities. Daredevils try anything from organized bungee jumps to
illegally jumping off buildings. These people never feel so alive as
In their quest for the ultimate sensation,
thrillseekers are thinking up more and more elaborate sports.
So
why do some people’s lives seem to be dominated by the ‘thrill factor’,
? Some say that people who do risk sports are reacting against
society C
David Lewis, a psychologist, believes that
people today crave adventure. In an attempt to guarantee safety, our culture
has eliminated risk. «The world has become a bland and safe place»,
says Lewis. «People used to be able to seek adventure by hunting wild
animals, D 
Now they turn to risk sports as an
escape».
Risk
sports have a positive side as well. They help people to overcome fears
This makes risk sports particularly valuable
for executives in office jobs who need to stay alert so that F
They learn that being frightened doesn’t mean they can’t be in
control.
1. that affect them in their real lives.
2. which they feel has become dull and
constricting.
3. when they are risking their lives.
4. or taking part expeditions.
5. which means that you are about to risk your
life.
6. while others are perfectly happy to sit at
home by fire.
7. they can cope when things go wrong.
|
c |
D |
||||
2,
Tlpogumaüme maccm u 3an0JIHume nponyacu A—F
gacma..uu npeònooæewü, 0603HageHHbZX guØpa.Mu 1—7,
OÒHa «3 gacmeü 8 cnucvce 1—7 nuuotga. 3aæcume
guØpbz, 0603Hagamgue coomeemcme 70 ue gacmu n eònooæeHuÜ,
8 ma6nu
On
the 14th of February 1966 Australians said goodbye to the currency
denomination
,
Naturally enough when the British established what was then a penal colony,
they used the currency denominations of their homeland, 
. From as early as 1901, when Australia
gained independence from Britain, there had been discussion about the
introduction of decimal currency, c
Nevertheless it was more than half a century
before it was introduced. The new notes and coins, D, were roughly parallel to
the old denominations. A dollar was the same colour and size as ten shillings,
the note EThe twodollar note was greenish in colour like the pound note, whose
place it had taken. The only completely new coins introduced at this stage were
the one- and two- cent coins, though many of the old coins, such as penny, the
halfpenny and the threepence, ceased to be valid currency. Others, like the
sixpence, the shilling and the two shilling coin, Finitially mingled with the
new currency but were gradually withdrawn from circulation.
Australian school children, who had struggled with complicated
sums done in the old currency, breathed a sigh of relief on that day because
arithmetic suddenly became much easier. The government had put a lot of effort
into educating older people as well as children about currency. Perhaps what
people remember best is a little song, played constantly on radio and TV, in
which they were told ‘be prepared folks when the coins begin to mix on the 14th
of February 1966′.
l. which had an
equivalent value in the old system
2.
which were pounds,
shillings and pence
3.
which they had known
since the European settlement of Australia in 1788
4.
which were the same size
respectively as the new five, ten and twenty cent coins 
which has considerable advantages over
non-decimal systems
6.
whose currency
denominations had not been accepted yet
7.
whose names had been the
subject of quite heated debate
|
c |
D |
||||
3.
Ilpogumaüme maccm u 3an0JIHume nponycxu A—F
gacmmau npeònooæewü, 0603HageHHbZX quØpa..uu 1—7.
OÒHa 113 qacmeü e cnucŒce 1—7 .nzuuHRB, 3Œecume
quØpbz, 0603Haga}0tgue coomeemcmg ‘oz.gue gacmu n eÒnooŒceHuü,
6 maõnug
The modern zoo is an educational institution
carefully planned and arranged to bring to the visitor the story of the animal
world. The methods of exhibiting animals have undergone certain drastic changes
in the last century. Originally, animals were kept either in cages or in open
pits A 
The
cage type of exhibit remains the backbone of the average zoo display, but the
pit type, with many variations, is also very popular.
At the beginning of
the 20th century, a new trend in zoo exhibits was introduced in Germany and was
soon adopted in many other parts of the world, particularly in America, 
This was the so-called barless cage exhibit.
In barless cages the animals are presented to the public with the necessary
barriers hidden or camouflaged, like, for example, on an «island»
surrounded by either a dry or water-filled ditch. Many zoos are slow in adopting the new trend in animal exhibits,
c
The newer zoos, however, are incorporating the modern exhibit
design into their plans. The most up-to-date exhibits not only feature barless
cages D
. They try to reproduce the animals’ native
habitats, including vegetation and rock formations.
Often quite extensive records are in modern zoos
The
studies cover the longevity, diet requirements, medical histories and so on of
various animals. Zoo records are primarily of interest to other zoos 
However, some of the studies originating at
zoos have proven of value to the medical profession as well.
1, but also pay close attention to the setting of the displays.
2.
because many zoos conduct
serious studies in zoology.
3.
where the original idea
was greatly developed.
4.
where zoo directors are
thinking of setting up new animal exhibits.
5.
because it involves
rebuilding the animal quarters.
6.
but animals may be
grouped according to habitat.
7.
where the public could
look down on them.
|
c |
D |
||||
4.
Ilpogumaüme maccm u 3anom-tume nponycKu A—F
gacmm,tu npeònoozewü, 0603HageHHbLX vuØpa.Mu 1—7.
OÒŒta 113 gacmeü 6 cnucKe 1—7 nuumga. 3aHecume Zf*bl,
0603HaqaŒotgue coomeemcme ‘0 ue eacmu n eòno.ycewü, e ma6nuq
Parents are soon to be offered the ultimate weapon to win the
war over how much TV their children watch. Instead of constantly fighting to
ration viewing habits, they will have the job done for them by a coded
electronic device.
It will switch off the set once an allotted
period runs out, leaving the child to turn to other activities A
The gadget, ‘TV allowance’, was invented by
Miami photographer Randal Levenson, a former engineer, B
«There
was a lot of anger in the house about the TV and Nintendo usage», said Mr
Levenson,
47. His response was to built the calculator-sized box C
|
B |
c |
D |
|||
The Levensons now use a code to set the four
hours that the three children can watch each week. Each has his own code, and
when his time is up, the screen goes blank. He can find out how much time is
left by touching the button. The gadget, D, also controls video games and the
video. It can block out specific periods such as homework time and cannot
disconnected by frustrated youngsters.
«They’ve got their lives back»,
said Mr Levenson’s wife, Rusty. «Not that they were total couch potatoes,
but they certainly spent too much time in front of the TV. The problem before
was that we were giving up. We could only said ‘No’ so many times. But the
unemotional gadget can go on saying ‘No’ for as long as necessary».
But
being children and therefore devious, they have found ways of getting round the
system,
The set is switched off for advertisements
and they barter with each other for TV time. They also decide FAny time left
over at the end of the week can be carried over into the next.
1. which will sell in Britain for £49 this
summer
2. such as reading or even playing in the fresh
air
3. if not beating it
4, who despaired of
ever reducing his three children’s screen time
5, which programmes
more than one child wants to watch
6.
which can be used for
reducing the time in front of the TV
7.
which plugs into the TV
5.
Ilpogumaùme
maccm u 3an0J’1Hume nponycxu A—F gacmm•tu
npeòJžooæeHuü, 0603HageHHb1X Mi4pa»tu 1—7. OÒHa
183 qacmeü 8 cnucwe 1—7 nuzuHB*. 3Œecume guØpbZ,
0603Haga10zgue coomeemcmg ‘0 ue gacmu n eÒnooæeHuÜ, e
ma6nuq
Among the most
important factors in man’s environment are those to which we give the
allembracing name of weather: rain, snow, hail, hurricanes, thunder and
lightning and clear skies. From the earliest days, man has had to reckon with
factors such as these. Even today we are often quite helpless in the face of
nature A
A heavy
snowstorm can paralyze a big city and bring about great suffering in rural
communities.
The science
that deals with the study of the weather, therefore, is vitally important to
mankind. It is called meteorology, from the Greek word «meteoros»,
meaning «high in the air». The name is most appropriate, for weather
phenomena take place within the comparatively small part of the atmosphere
BThis region is known as the troposphere. The air in the troposphere is in
constant movement which accounts for all the changing conditions
c
|
c |
|||||
Weather
observations are collected at a series of weather stations, which communicate
at regular intervals with one another. These stations form networks and they
are to be found in nearly all countries of the world. Ships and airplanes also
report the weather; so do a good many part-time observers D
Observations
made at many different points are entered on a weather map. The forecaster
analyzes weather conditions and predicts changes in the weather.
Forecasting
the weather is not yet an exact science; it is still an art depending upon
personal experience. However, forecasts for a day or two ahead have become
increasingly accurate,
Weather experts have
become proficient, too, in supplying advance information about dangerous weather conditions
1.
that are called weather.
2.
that extends to a height of six to ten miles above the earth.
3.
despite occasional mistakes on the part of weathermen.
4.
despite all our scientific progress.
5.
so that their effects may not be so damaging.
6.
so that their predictions are based on various past observations.
7.
who devote a certain number of hours every week to taking and
recording weather observations.
6.
Ilpogumaüme maccm u 3anom-tume nponyacu A—F
gacma..uu npeònooæewü, 0603HageHHbZX quØpa..uu 1—7.
OÒHa gacmeü 8 cnucKe 1—7 JZUEUHAH. 3aæcume qu#z,
0603Haga’0tgue coomgemcme }0tgue qacmu n eÒJZ09fœHuÜ, g
ma6nuz.f
There is a tendency to
think of each of the arts A
Many artists, however, would testify to the fact that there has always been a
warm relationship between the various spheres of human activity. For example,
in the late nineteenth century the connection between music and painting were
particularly close. Artists were commissioned to design costumes and sets for
operas and ballet, but sometimes it was the musicians B Of the musical compositions
perhaps
the most famous is Mussorgsky’s
Pictures at an Exhibition. Mussorgsky composed the piece in 1874
after the death, at the age of 39, of the artist Victor Hartmann. D
Mussorgsky was shattered by Hartmann’s
untimely death. The following year a critic, Vladimir Stasov, decided to hold
an exhibition of Hartmann’s work. He suggested that Mussorgsky try to soothe
his grief by writing something to commemorate Hartmann’s life and work. The
exhibition served as Mussorgsky’s inspiration. The ten pieces that make up
Pictures at an Exhibition are intended as symbols 
Between each is a promenade, as the composer
walks from one painting to another. The music is sometimes witty and playful,
sometimes almost alarming and frightening, but always spellbinding. Through a
range of startling contrasts, Mussorgsky managed to convey the spirit of the
artist and his work. F
the composer Ravel, who had already managed
to carry off successful adaptation of many works for solo instruments, wrote an
orchestral version of Pictures at an Exhibition in 1922.
l. rather than
representations of the paintings in the exhibition
2.
although it was
originally intended as a series of pieces for solo piano
3.
as a separate area of
activity
4.
as they were very close
to each other in arts
5.
though their friendship
had not been a particularly long-standing one
6.
that were conceived as
responses to the visual arts
7.
who were inspired by the
work of contemporary painters
|
c |
D |
||||
70
Ilpogumaüme
maccm u 3an0JIHume nponycŒcu A—F gacmmtu npeònooæewü,
0603HageHHb1X tf*a.MU 1—7, OÒHa u.3 gacmeü e cnucxe 1—7 nuumgg.
3Œecume tf*bl, 0603Haqa}ouue coomæmcme 10tgue gacmu n
eÒzooæeHuÜ, e ma6nut4
Are there such
things as telepathy and hypnosis? Or are they just the products of some
people’s imagination? Telepathy means that you are able to pick up messages
from someone else 
Somehow you communicate without any
apparent messages changing hands. This can happen between people who cannot see
each other at the time, or indeed happen to be thousands of miles away from
each other. One of them is able, as they say, to read the other’s mind.
Another type of paranormal experience is connected with the
strange powers 
. The best example of this is hypnosis, in
which one person — the hypnotist — appears to take control of the mind of his
subject. Under hypnosis people act according to the wishes of the hypnotist.
Hypnosis is now used quite widely in doctor’s surgeries and hospitals, instead
of anaesthetics. Patients who respond to hypnosis do not need an anaesthetic
before an operation, they only need the hypnotist C
|
c |
D |
||||
The third type
of paranormal experience is connected with similar powers D
Perhaps the most
famous of these is levitation, in which a person is able to float in the air.
There have been many documented cases of such powers. Another form of such
power is firemastery, in which a person is able to walk through a raging fire
and remain unharmed.
It is also possible
for such powers to exist over things. In other words, some people can use the
force of their minds EThe celebrated Uri Geller has been reported as making a
pair of cufflinks fly all on their own across the Atlantic 
The same
gentleman has demonstrated many times on television programmes all over the
world his ability to make watches stop just by looking at them.
1.
that some people can exercise over themselves.
2.
when he discovered he had accidentally left them at home in New
York.
3.
that some people have over others.
4.
even though neither of you knows how this is done.
5.
when he is put in a trance and feels no pain.
6.
to tell them they will feel no pain.
7.
to move, make and break things.
8.
Tlpogumaüme maccm u 3anonHume
nponyocu A—F qacmn,uu npeònooŒcewü, 0603HaqeHHbžx
quØpa.,uu 1—7. OÒHa 113 gacmeü 8 cnucŒce 1—7 nuumag.
3Œecume ZfUØPbZ, 0603Hagamgue coomæmcm ‘0 ue gacmu n
eònooæewü, g ma6nutf
For some, the
advent of television marked the beginning of the end of civilized society. More
and more, people have watched TV at the cost of playing cards or board games,
or other communal pastimes. Many fear that the Internet too will further limit
social interaction.
That may be true but,
as researches at Stanford University in the USA are the first to say, further
study is needed. In a recent survey they found that AWhat’s more, people who go
online are likely to watch less television than others.
The study
makes two things clear. Contrary to all the fuss in the media, the Internet’s
popularity is still in its infancy. More than half of US households are not
connected yet, but
 |
Workers may be using the Web on the job for such personal ends as
checking sports scores but, according to the study, C . Just 4 per cent of the
surveyed Internet users said they had cut back on their working hours since
getting connected to the Internet.
But
will the Internet make us more isolated socially? While a fourth of the
Internet users say they spend less time talking on the telephone with friends
and relatives, D . Since e-mail is free and can be sent and received at any
hour of the day, it has many built-in advantages. For some, it has actually
revived the highly social art of letter writing. As for spending less time on
the telephone,
Few would argue that
the Internet has had a profound effect on the lives of many in its first decade
on common use. But assessing its long-term impact is difficult. That’s why for
all the questions they raise, FIf we don’t pay close attention to how we use
the Internet, it will change our lives not just for better, but for worse.
1.
they also use the Internet to work from home.
2.
the continuing boom in mobile phone use makes an overall decrease
less and less likely.
3.
they also use it to buy and sell shares on the stock market 
4.
studies such as Stanford’s are so useful.
5.
the Internet’s potential impact on how we live and interact is
enormous
6.
e-mail allows them to stay in touch, regardless of distance
7.
the Internet and the use of e-mail have actually increased some
forms of human interaction.
9,
Ilpogumaüme meŒccm u 3an0JIHume
nponycŒcu A—F qacmzuu npeònoacewü, 0603HageHHbZX
yuØpa»tu 1—7. OÒHa «3 gacmeü 8 cnucŒce 1—7
JIUJUHBA. 3aHecume z*bl, 0603}tatmouue coomæmcme ,zoz.gue
gacmu n eðnooçceHt1ü, g maõnuu
A group of
adults are lying in a circle on the floor listening to a recording of ‘The
Laughing Policeman’. At first everyone feels ridiculous and there’s only the
odd nervous giggle,
It quickly spreads
around the room This is laughter therapy in action.
Doctors are
starting to believe that laughter not only improves your state of mind, c The people lying
in a circle are attending a workshop to learn the forgotten art of laughter.
Some have ever been referred by their family doctors.
|
B |
c |
||||
But we could be losing our ability to laugh. A French
newspaper found that in 1930 the French laughed on average for nineteen minutes
per day. By 1980 this had fallen to six minutes. Eighty per cent of the people
questioned said that they would like to laugh more. Other research suggests
that children laugh on average about 400 times a day,
Somewhere in the process of growing up we
lose an astonishing 385 laughs a day.
William Fry — a
psychiatrist from California — studied the effects of laughter on the body. He
got patients to watch Laurel and Hardy films, and monitored their blood
pressure, heart rate and muscle tone. He found that E
It speeds up the heart rate,
increases blood pressure and quickens breathing. It also makes our facial and
stomach muscles work. Fry thinks laughter is a type ofjogging on the sport.
Researchers from Texas tested this. They divided forty
students into four groups. The first group listened to a funny cassette for
twenty minutes, the second listened to a cassette intended to relax them, the
third heard an informative tape, while the fourth group listened to no tape at
all. Researches found that if they produced pain in the students,
could
tolerate the discomfort for much longer.
l . laughter has a similar effect to physical exercise.
2. but
suddenly the laughter becomes real.
3. but
by the time they reach adulthood this has been reduced to about fifteen times.
4. until
everyone is infected by it.
5. those
who had listened to the humorous tape
6. but
this will also help improve your personal relationships.
7. but
actually affects your entire physical well-being.
10.
Ilpogumaüme
meccm u 3an0JIHume nponyacu A—F gacma.Mu npeònooæewü,
0603HageHHbZX uuØpa.juu 1—7. OÒHa «3 qacmeü 8 cnuc»ce
1—7 JZUUIHAB. 3Œecume z*bl, 0603HagŒowue coomeemcme .10tgue
gacmu n eònoaceHuü, e ma6nu
British eccentrics are famous the world over.
We breed eccentrics and we’re fascinated by them. Eccentrics are found in all
walks of life, A, teachers or train drivers. Some wear odd clothes, some
collect to the point of obsession, while others inhabit strange environments or
hold unorthodox beliefs. B, we usually just avoid them but let them carry on in
their own sweet way.
David Weeks, an American psychologist has
conducted the first in-depth psychological study of eccentrics and has
concluded that Britain’s are still the best in the world. Weeks did detailed
personality tests and taped interviews with 130 eccentrics. «A true
eccentric is never acting,» writes Dr David Weeks. «They are strong
individuals with strange inclinations of their own cThey refuse to
compromise.» He believes one in 10,000 people in the UK is a genuine
eccentric, and that for every female candidate there are nine male eccentrics.
|
B |
D |
||||
One of the most interesting findings was the
good health that eccentrics enjoy. «Almost all of them visit the doctor
only once every eight or nine years; the rest of us go twice a year.»
Eccentrics tend to live longer than the rest of us. The theory is that if you
have a particular obsession, Dlife becomes full of meaning and significance and
the resulting happiness strengthens the body’s immune system. «Eccentrics
are living proof that one does not necessarily have to go through life with a
fixed set of rules,» says Dr Weeks. «They are their own best leaders
and proof followers, and do not feel a need to possess the ordinary things of
everyday life. They are prepared to stand out from the crowd.»
Some of Weeks’s collection — such as the man
who climbs down tower blocks dressed as a pink elephant — would stick out
anywhere, EWeeks believes that inside lie resources of creativity and
imagination that are not sufficiently used. «They are neglected, or not
taken seriously, F
Often they are convicted that they are ahead
of their time and that others have stolen or exploited their good ideas.»
l . which they are not afraid to express
2.
whether they are lords or
lavatory cleaners
3.
but most are unremarkable
on the surface
4.
because they are happy
people on the whole
5.
provided they are in no
way a threat to society
6.
whether it is eating
cardboard or living in a cave
7.
because of the way they
express themselves
11.
Ilpoqumaüme maccm u 3anom-tume
nponyacu A—F qacrnnuu npeònooæewü, 0603HageHHbZX
quØpa.,uu 1—7. OÒHa 113 gacmeü g cnucŒce 1—7 nuuman.
3Œecume z*bZ, 0603Haqa}0tgue coomeemcme 10 ue gacmu n
eðnooæeHuü, e ma6nuzf
Looking for a
new sport that keeps you fit and gets the adrenaline flowing? How about
climbing? You can climb indoors or out, from small walls or boulders to peaks
anywhere in the world — A
«It’s a
sport that involves your mind, body and emotions,» John Gibbons of
London’s Westway sports centre says. «It’s one of the few sports where you
compete against yourself. You may be part of a club and climbing with others B
And, unlike
other sports, friends of all abilities can climb together and enjoy it.
Indoor walls can be from 7 to 16 metres, C
Each wall has bolt-on holds (to
place your feet and hands) of different shapes and sizes. These can be moved
around and varied to make the climb more or less challenging 
|
c |
D |
||||
. «Big holds,
spaced comfortably apart so that you can easily move your feet and hands from
one to the other without too much trouble, are the easiest,» John
explains. «With them, you can gently climb to the top without any
difficulty. That kind of climb is called a Slab.»
Trickier
climbs have smaller holds that are harder to grip, and they are spaced more
awkwardly apart. If you do one of those, EThe angle of the wall can also make
the climb more difficult.
Falling is not
a problem at climbing centres, though. When you climb, you are attached by a
harness to a rope looped to a firm anchor at the top of the wall and held by
your instructor or one of your team mates at the bottom. A device called a
belay holds it taut,
, the rope is kept firm
in case you slip. If that happens, you don’t plunge to the ground. Instead, you
dangle safely in your harness away from the climbing wall.
Maybe you’d like a go at climbing but
don’t know where to staff. Well, you can find out on our website. We’ve found
an online Extreme Climbing game to test your skills and get you started.
l. although some centres have walls of 20 metres or more
2. you
have to think more about how you move
3. to
help you get climbing yourself
4. once
you get the hang of it
5. so
while you are climbing
6. and
routes can be changed every few months
7. but
you are seeing how good you can be
12.
Ilpogumaüme moccm u 3an0JIHume
nponycKu A—F gacma.,uu npeòJ100Œcewü, 0603HageHHbZX
vuØpa.Mu 1—7. OÒHa u.3 gacmeü e cnucŒce 1—7 nuzuHHH.
3Œecume 14*b1, 0603Hagamgue coomeemcme 
ue gacmu n
eðnooæeHuü, e ma6nu
For some, the
advent of television marked the beginning of the end of civilized society. More
and more, people have watched TV at the cost of playing cards or board games,
or other communal pastimes. Many fear that the Internet too will further limit
social interaction.
That may be true but,
as researches at Stanford University in the USA are the first to say, further
study is needed. In a recent survey they found that AWhat’s more, people who go
online are likely to watch less television than others.
The study
makes two things clear. Contrary to all the fuss in the media, the Internet’s
popularity is still in its infancy. More than half of US households are not
connected yet, but
|
c |
|||||
Workers may be using
the Web on the job for such personal ends as checking sports scores but,
according to the study, C . Just 4 per cent of the surveyed Internet users said
they had cut back on their working hours since getting connected to the
Internet.
But will the
Internet make us more isolated socially? While a fourth of the Internet users
say they spend less time talking on the telephone with friends and relatives, D
. Since e-mail is free and can be sent and received at any hour of the day, it
has many built-in advantages. For some, it has actually revived the highly
social art of letter writing. As for spending less time on the telephone,
Few would argue that
the Internet has had a profound effect on the lives of many in its first decade
on common use. But assessing its long-term impact is difficult. That’s why for
all the questions they raise, F . If we don’t pay close attention to how we use
the Internet, it will change our lives not just for better, but for worse.
l . they also use the Internet to work from home.
2. the
continuing boom in mobile phone use makes an overall decrease less and less
likely.
3. they
also use it to buy and sell shares on the stock market
4. studies
such as Stanford’s are so useful.
5. the
Internet’s potential impact on how we live and interact is enormous
6. e-mail
allows them to stay in touch, regardless of distance
7. the
Intemet and the use of e-mail have actually increased some forms of human
interaction.
ЗАДАНИЯ НА ПОЛНОЕ И ТОЧНОЕ ПОНИМАНИЕ ИНФОРМАЦИИ В ТЕКСТЕ А15-А21
(на
множественный выбор)
Задания A15—A21 направлены на проверку
полного понимания текста и относятся к высокому уровню сложности. В заданиях
A15—A21 проверяется умение полностью понять текст, в том числе проверяется
способность делать выводы из прочитанного текста. В заданиях A15—A21 нужно
выбрать один из четырех вариантов ответа, в соответствии с прочитанным текстом.
В данном задании используются художественные или публицистические (например,
эссе) тексты.
При выполнении данного задания можно
использовать следующие стратегии:
1. Быстро
просмотрите текст, чтобы понять, о чем он.
2. Затем
прочитайте текст внимательнее, чтобы полностью понять содержание текста.
З. Прочитайте вопросы к тексту, продумайте
ответы, не читая предложенные варианты.
4. Найдите
отрывок в тексте или фрагмент текста, который относится к каждому из вопросов и
который подтвердит ваш ответ.
5. Вернитесь
к вопросам и выберите из один из четырех предложенных вариантов ответов,
который вы считаете правильным.
6. Прочитайте
оставшиеся три варианта и проанализируйте, почему они не могут быть
правильными. Обратите внимание на то, что неверные ответы часто содержат слегка
измененную информацию из текста. Часто верным будет ответ, который содержит
синонимичную информацию.
7.
Обратите внимание на то, что во всех предложенных вариантах
ответа могут использоваться слова и словосочетания, встречающиеся в тексте,
поэтому тщательно прочитайте сам вопрос и проанализируйте соответствующий
отрывок текста.
8. Помните,
что выбранный вами ответ должен основываться только на тексте. Ваш вариант
ответа может быть правильным и логичным, но не отвечать на конкретный вопрос.
9. Особое
внимание обратите на то, что в тексте сформулировано четко и на то, что только
подразумевается. В данных заданиях намерения и отношение автора могут иметь
большое значение, но они не всегда выражены прямо и открыто. Поэтому, нужно
проанализировать не только использованную в тексте прямую информацию, но и
понять скрытый смысл, который может содержаться в тексте.
10. Никогда не оставляйте
ни одного вопроса без ответа. Если вы затрудняетесь в выборе ответа, отклоните
те варианты, которые с вашей точки зрения не соответствуют содержанию текста; а
из оставшихся вариантов выберите один наугад.
11. По окончании
выполнения задания просмотрите все вопросы и ответы еще раз.
1,
Tlpogumaüme
maccm u 6bznonHume 3aðaHua A15—A21. B RaO,CÒOM 3aòaHuu
06eeòume quÞpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomgemcm8 }0 
aHHOM eauu ga uawn omeema.
Brunetti was
at the post office at seven-thirty the next morning, located the person in
charge of the postmen, showed his warrant card, and explained that he wanted to
speak to the postman who delivered mail to the area in Cannaregio near the
Palazzo del Cammello. She told him to go to the first floor and ask in the
second room on the left, where the Cannaregio postmen sorted their mail. The
room was high-ceilinged, the entire space filled with long counters with
sorting racks behind them. Ten or twelve people stood around, putting letters
into slots or pulling them out and packing them into leather satchels. He asked
the first person he encountered, a long-haired woman with a strangely reddened
complexion, where he could find the person who delivered the mail to the Canale
della Misericordia area. She looked at him with open curiosity, then pointed to
a man halfway along the table and called out, «Mario, someone wants to
talk to you.»
The man called
Mario looked at them, then down at the letters in his hands. One by one, merely
glancing at the names and addresses, he slipped them quickly into the slots in
front of him, then walked over to Brunetti. He was in his late thirties,
Brunetti guessed, with light brown hair that fell in a thick wedge across his
forehead. Brunetti introduced himself and started to take his warrant card out
again, but the postman stopped him with a gesture and suggested they talk over
coffee. 
They walked
down to the bar, where Mario ordered two coffees and asked Brunetti what he
could do for him.
«Did you deliver mail to Maria Battestini at
Cannaregio …?»
«Yes. I
delivered her mail for three years. I must have taken her, in that time, thirty
or forty items of registered mail, had to climb all those steps to get her to
sign for them.»
Brunetti
anticipated his anger at never having been tipped and waited for him to give
voice to it, but the man simply said, «I don’t expect to be tipped,
especially by old people, but she never even said thank you.»
«Isn’t that a lot of registered mail?» Brunetti
asked. «How often did they come?»
«Once a
month,» the postman answered. «As regular as a Swiss watch. And it
wasn’t letters, but those padded envelopes, you know, the sort you send photos
or CDs in.»
Or money, thought Brunetti, and asked, «Do you remember
where they came from?»
«There
were a couple of addresses, I think,» Mario answered. «They sounded
like charity things, you know, Care and Share, and Child Aid. That sort of
thing.»
«Can you
remember any of them exactly?» «I deliver mail to almost four hundred
people,» he said by way of answer.
«Do you remember when they started?»
«Oh, she was getting them already when I
started on that route.» «Who had the route before you?» Brunetti
asked.
«Nicolo Matucci, but he retired and went back to
Sicily.»
Brunetti left
the subject of the registered packages and asked, «Did you bring her bank
statements?» — «Yes, every month,» he said, and recited the
names of the banks. «Those and the bills were the only things she ever
got, except for some other registered letters.»
«Do you remember where those were from?»
«Most of them came from people in the neighbourhood,
complaining about the television.»
Before
Brunetti could ask him about how he knew this, Mario said, «They all told
me about them, wanted to be sure that the letters were delivered. Everyone
heard it, that noise, but there was nothing they could do. She’s old. That is,
she was old, and the police wouldn’t do anything. They’re useless.» He
looked up suddenly at Brunetti and said, «Excuse me.»
Brunetti smiled and waved it away with an
easy smile. «No, you’re right,» Brunetti went on, «there’s
nothing we can do, not really. The person who complains can bring a case, but
that means that people from some department — I don’t know what its name is,
but it takes care of complaints about noise — have to go in to measure the
decibels of the noise to see if it’s really something called ‘aural
aggression’, but they don’t work at night, or if they get called at night, they
don’t come until the next morning, by which time whatever it was has been
turned down.» Like all policemen in the city, he was familiar with the
situation, and like them, he knew it had no solution.
Which of the following happens in the first paragraph?
l) Everyone stops working when Brunetti enters the room.
2)
Someone wonders why Brunetti is looking for Mario.
3)
Brunetti is confused by something he is told. 4) Brunetti becomes
impatient with someone.
When Mario mentioned getting Maria Battestini to sign for registered
mail,
l) he said that most old people weren’t polite to postmen.
2) Brunetti asked
him if her reaction had annoyed him.
3) he said that
his efforts deserved a tip.
4) Brunetti formed
an incorrect opinion about how he had felt.
Mario mentions a Swiss watch to give an idea of
l) how similar the registered envelopes were. 2) the
neat appearance of the registered envelopes.
3) the constant pattern of the arrival of the
registered envelopes. 4) how unusual the registered envelopes were.
[Ãjg::] When asked exactly where the registered
envelopes came from, Mario
l) indicated that he could not be expected to remember
that information.
2) suggested that
the addresses had seemed strange to him at first.
3) said that
someone else might have that information.
4) replied that
there were too many addresses for him to remember.
When they discussed other mail that Maria Battestini
received, Mario
l) explained why he knew what some of it contained.
2) wasn’t sure
where some of the bank statements came from.
3) expressed
surprise at the amount of it.
4) said that he
had asked other people about it.
When Mario mentioned the problem of noise, he made it clear
that
l) he sympathized with the police in that situation.
2) he
didn’t want to criticize Brunetti personally.
3) nothing
would have had any effect on the old woman. 4) he had discussed the matter with
the police himself.
When he talks about complaints about noise, Brunetti
l) suggests that he finds the system for dealing
with them ridiculous. 2) explains that he is not sure what the system for
dealing with them is.
3) says that he
wishes that the police could deal with them.
4) says that the
people who deal with them are always very busy.
2.
llpogumaüme naeyccm u oznonwme 3aðaHua A15—A21. B
KaOfCÒOM 3aòŒuu 06æòume quØpy 1, 2, 3
unu 4, coomeemcmg ‘0 ßb16 aHHOM ea»tu ea uaHm omeema.
Harry Houdini,
who died in 1927, was the entertainment phenomenon of the ragtime era. He could
escape from chains and padlocks, from ropes and canvas sacks. They put him in a
strait-jacket and hung him upside down from a skyscraper and he somehow untied
himself. They tied him up in a locked packing case and sank him in Liverpool
docks. Minutes later he surfaced smiling. They locked him in a zinc-lined
Russian prison van and he emerged leaving the doors locked and the locks
undamaged. They padlocked him in a milk chum full of water and he burst free.
They put him in a coffin, screwed down the lid, and buried him and… well, no,
he didn’t pop up like a mole, but when they dug him up more than half an hour
later, he was still breathing.
Houdini would
usually allow his equipment to be examined by the audience. The chains, locks
and packing cases all seemed perfectly genuine, so it was tempting to conclude
that he possessed superhuman powers. Sir Arthur Conan Doyle’s Sherlock Holmes
was the very paragon of analytical thinking but Conan Doyle believed that
Houdini achieved his tricks through spiritualism. Indeed, he wrote to the
escapologist imploring him to use his psychic powers more profitably for the
common good instead of just prostituting his talent every night at the
Alhambra. However, Houdini repeatedly denounced spiritualism and disclaimed any
psychic element to his act.
The alternative
explanation for his feats of escapism was that Houdini could do unnatural
things with his body. It is widely held that he could dislocate his shoulders
to escape from straitjackets, and that he could somehow contract his in order
to escape from handcuffs. His ability to spend long periods in confined spaces
is cited as evidence that he could put his body into suspended animation, as
Indian fakirs are supposed to do.
This is all
nonsense. If you ever find yourself in a strait-jacket, it’s difficult to
imagine anything less helpful than a dislocated shoulder. Contracting your
wrists is not only unhelpful but, frankly, impossible because the bones of your
wrist are very tightly packed together and the whole structure is virtually
incompressible. As for suspended animation, the trick of surviving burial and
drowning relies on the fact that you can live for short periods on the air in a
confined space. The air shifted by an average person in a day would occupy a
cube just eight feet square. The build-up of carbon monoxide tends to pollute
this supply, but, if you can relax, the air in a coffin should keep you going
for half an hour or so.
In other words,
there was nothing physically remarkable about Houdini except for his bravery,
dexterity and fitness. His nerve was so cool that he could remain in a coffin
six feet underground until they came to dig him up. His fingers were so strong
that he could undo a buckle or manipulate keys through the canvas of a
strait-jacket or a mail bag. He made a comprehensive study of locks and was
able to conceal lock-picks about his person in a way which fooled even the
doctors who examined him. When they locked him in the prison van he still had a
hacksaw blade with which to saw through the joins in the metal lining and get
access to the planks of the floor. As an entertainer he combined all this
strength and ingenuity with a lot of trickery. His stage escapes took place
behind a curtain with an orchestra playing to disguise the banging and sawing.
The milk chum in which he was locked had a double lining so that, while the lid
was locked onto the rim, the rim was not actually attached to the churn.
Houdini merely had to stand up to get out. The mail sack he cut open at the
seam and sewed up with similar thread. The bank safe from which he emerged had
been secretly worked on by his mechanics for 24 hours before the performance.
All Houdini’s feats are eminently
explicable, although to explain them, even now, is a kind of heresy. Houdini
belongs to that band of mythical supermen who, we like to believe, were capable
of miracles and would still be alive today were it not for some piece of low
trickery. It’s said of Houdini that a punch in his belly when he wasn’t
prepared for it caused his burst appendix. Anatomically, it’s virtually
impossible that a punch could puncture your gut, but the story endures. Somehow
the myth of the superman has an even greater appeal than the edifice of
twenty-first century logic.
In the first paragraph, what does the writer say Houdini
managed to do?
1) Jump
upside down from a skyscraper.
2) Escape
from a submerged box.
3)
Break the locks
of a Russian prison van.
4) Fight
his way out of an empty milk churn.
The writer mentions Houdini’s burial alive to illustrate
the fact that
l) his tricks sometimes went disastrously wrong.
2)
he was not always able to do what he claimed he could.
3)
he was capable of extraordinary feats of survival. 4) he had
overcome his tear of confined spaces.
The writer suggests that Conan Doyle
l) was less analytical about Houdini than one might
have expected.
2) asked
Houdini if he could include him in a Sherlock Holmes story.
3)
felt that Houdini
could make more money in other ways.
4) thought
there were scientific explanations for Houdini’s feats.
The writer comes to the conclusion that Houdini
l) had an unusual bone structure.
2)
could make parts of his body smaller.
3)
was able to put himself in a trance. 4) was not physically
abnormal.
It appears that Houdini was able to escape from
strait-jackets by
l) using hidden lock-picks.
2)
undoing buckles
from inside the material.
3)
cutting the canvas with a hacksaw. 4) turning keys he had
concealed.
The writer states that when Houdini escaped from the milk
churn
l) the role of the orchestra was important. 2) he
made use of the hacksaw to free himself.
3) the container had been modified beforehand. 4)
he was in full sight of the audience.
How does the writer say people regard Houdini nowadays?
l) They want to hear the scientific explanations for his
feats.
2)
They prefer to believe that he had extraordinary powers.
3)
They refuse to believe the story of how he died.
4)
They doubt the fact that he ever really existed.
3.
llpogumaùme mevccm u ßblnojmume 3aòanua
A15—A21. B RCžOfCÒOM 3aòanuu 06geðume quñ,’ 1, 2,
3 unu 4 coomgemcmg .70 a,t1HOM ga,vtu ga uamn omgema.
Was it poor
visibility or superstition that made Manchester United’s players abandon their
grey strip for away games in the middle of a Premiership match in 1996? The
players couldn’t pick each other out, manager Alex Ferguson told reporters at
the time. It was nothing to do with superstition. They said it was difficult to
see their team mates at a distance. But his protest failed to mention that one
of the five occasions the grey strip had been worn, the team had failed to win.
Dr Richard
Wiseman, a psychologist at Hertfordshire University, says United’s players may
have succumbed to the power of superstition without even realising it. «I
might argue that the players may have unconsciously noticed that when they do
certain things, one of which might well involve the wearing of red shirts, they
are successful.» He draws a parallel with research into stock market
speculators. Like gamblers they swore that certain days were lucky for them.
Eventually it was shown that the successful market speculators were
unconsciously picking up on numerous indicators and were shadowing market
trends but were unable to explain how they did it. Superstition plays a part
whenever people are not certain what it is they do to achieve a good
performance and people who have to perform to order are particularly
vulnerable, It is as if the imagination steps into the gap in the dialogue
between the conscious and the unconscious mind.
Many
superstitions have deep roots in the past according to Moira Tatem, who helped
edit the 1,500 entries in the Oxford Dictionary of Superstitions. People today
observe superstitions without knowing why and they’d probably be surprised to
discover origins. The idea that mail vans are lucky is a good example. Sir
Winston Churchill, the British Prime Minister during World War Il, was said to
have touched a mail van for luck whenever he saw one in the street. The reason
for this superstition resides in the ancient belief that Kings and Queens had
the ability to cure by touch. Monarchs, naturally enough, grew fed up with
being constantly touched and at some point started trailing ribbons with gold
medals or coins out of the door of their coaches •when travelling and people
touched them instead. Mail vans carry the Crown symbol on the side and touching
the van is a direct throwback to that earlier belief.
While some
ancient superstitious beliefs and practices have been maintained, others have
died out. This is because those practices with a connection to farming and a
life spent in close proximity to nature no longer make much sense now that so
many of us live in cities. Nevertheless, we continue to develop our own
sometimes very private and personal superstitions. Many people carry or wear
lucky objects although they may not in fact think of them as such. It only
becomes obvious that the object forms a part of a superstitious belief when the
person is unable to wear or carry it and feels uncomfortable as a result.
Experts agree
that these individual superstitious practices can be an effective means of
managing stress and reducing anxiety. The self-fulfilling nature of
superstitions is what can help. The belief that something brings you good luck
can make you feel calmer, and as a result, able to perform more effectively.
International cello soloist Ralph Kirshbaum says musicians are a good example
of the effectiveness of these very particular rituals. «I know string
players who won’t wash their hands on the day of a recital and others who avoid
eating for eight hours prior to a performance. They can then play with
confidence.’
But this
self-fulfilling aspect of superstitions can also work against you. This is why
Kirshbaum prefers to confront the superstitious practices of other musicians.
«If you’re in a situation where you can’t avoid eating or forget and wash
your hands, you then feel that you’ll play badly. And you often do, simply
because you feel so anxious. I wash my hands and have broken the taboo about
eating. My only vice is to insist that people leave and give me two minutes
complete silence in the dressing room before I go on.»
Superstitions can become even more
harmful when they develop into phobias or obsessions, often characterized by
elaborate collections of rituals. «It’s not a problem if I carry a lucky
object of some kind,» says psychologist Robert Kohlenberg of the
University of Washington. «But if I don’t have it with me and I get
terribly upset and turn the house upside down looking for it, that’s a bad
thing.’
According to their manager, Alex Ferguson, Manchester
United decided to change out of their grey shirts because:
l) they had lost every time they had worn them.
2)
the colour was not bright enough.
3)
it was difficult for the other team to see them.
4)
a psychologist told them they might play better without them.
Dr Wiseman says MU players and stock market speculators
are similar in that:
1)
both groups can identify the factors that contribute to improving
performance.
2)
both groups attribute their success to wearing particular items
of clothing.
3)
neither group can understand why they do well on some occasions
and not on others. 4) both groups believe that certain days of the week are
lucky for them.
According to Moira Tatem, what would most British people
say if you asked them why touching a mail van is considered lucky?
1) ‘A
famous politician used to do it too.’
2) ‘The
vans are lucky but I don’t know why.’
3) ‘Being
touched by a monarch can cure disease.’
4) ‘The
royal coat of arms is on the side of the van.’
Which older superstitions have been preserved?
l) Those that still seem meaningful. 2) Those
connected with life in the city.
3) Those
connected with life in the countryside.
4) Those
that are created and held by individuals.
How does going without food affect some string players?
l) It makes them feel too tired and hungry to play well.
2)
It helps them play with more assurance.
3)
It makes no difference to the way they perform. 4) It ensures
that they perform.
Why doesn’t Ralph Kirshbaum keep the superstitious
practices of other musicians?
1)
He can’t be bothered with them.
2)
He has his own complicated rituals.
3)
He doesn’t think they always help. 4) He is not superstitious.
What attitude does the author of the article have to
superstitions?
l) He thinks they are harmful.
2) He
thinks they are inevitable.
3) He
thinks they can be nonsensical.
4) He
thinks they can be beneficial.
4.
Ilpoqumaüme
maccm u omonnume 3aÒaHt1R Al 5421. B Ra9fCÒOM 3aÒŒuu
oõgeòume quØpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomeemcmg 10 10 BbZõ
anHOM gan,tu ea uanm omgema.
Of all the
Elwell family Aunt Mehetabel was certainly the most unimportant member. Not
that she was useless in her brother’s family; she was expected, as a matter of
course, to take upon herself the most tedious and uninteresting part of the
household labours. The Elwells were not consciously unkind to their aunt, but
she was so insignificant a figure in their lives that she was almost invisible
to them. Aunt Mehetabel did not resent this treatment; she took it quite
unconsciously as they gave it. It was to be expected when one was an old maid
dependent in a busy family. She had been the same at twenty as at sixty, a
mouselike little creature, too shy for anyone to notice or to wish for a life
of her own.
Even as a girl
she had been clever with her needle in the way of patching quilts which
consisted of several layers of cloth sewn together to make an attractive
pattern or a picture. More than that she could never learn to do. The garments
which she made for herself were lamentable affairs, and she was humbly grateful
for any help in the bewildering business of putting them together. But in
patchwork she enjoyed some importance. During years of devotion to this one art
she had accumulated a considerable store of quilting patterns. Sometimes the
neighbours would send over and ask her for a loan of her sheaf-of-wheat design,
or the double-star pattern.
She never knew
how her great idea came to her. Sometimes she even wondered reverently, in the
phraseology of the weekly prayer-meeting, if it hadn’t been «sent» to
her. She never admitted to herself that she could have thought of it without
other help. It was too great, too ambitious a project for her humble mind to
have conceived. Even when she finished drawing the design with her fingers, she
gazed at it incredulously, not daring to believe that it could indeed be her
handiwork.
Now her nimble
old fingers reached out longingly to turn her dream into reality. She began to
think adventurously of trying it out — it would perhaps be not too selfish to
make one square — just one unit of her design to see how it would look. She
dared do nothing in the household where she was a dependent without asking
permission. With a heart full of hope and fear thumping furiously against her
old ribs she approached her sister-in-law, who listened to her absently and
said, «Why, yes, start another quilt if you want to». Mehetabel tried
honestly to make her see that this would be no common quilt, but her limited
vocabulary and her emotion stood between her and expression.
Mehetabel
rushed back up the steep attic stairs to her room, and in joyful agitation
began preparations for the work of her life. She had but little time during the
daylight hours filled with the incessant household drudgery. After dark she did
not dare to sit up late at night lest she burn too much candle. She was too
conscientious to shirk even the smallest part of her share of the housework,
but she rushed through it now so fast that she was panting as she climbed the
stairs to her little room. It was weeks before the little square began to show
the pattern.
Finally she
could wait no longer, and one evening ventured to bring her work down beside
the fire where the family sat, hoping that good fortune would give her a place
near the tallow candles on the mantelpiece. She had reached the last corner of
that first square and her needle flew in and out with nervous speed. To her
relief no one noticed her. As she stood up with the others, the square fell
from her trembling old hands and fluttered to the table. Up to that moment
Mehetabel had laboured in the purest spirit of selfless adoration of an ideal.
The emotional shock given to her by her sister’s-in-law cry of admiration as
she held the work toward the candle to examine it, was as much astonishment as
joy to Mehetabel.
As she lay that
night in her narrow hard bed, too proud, too excited to sleep, Mehetabel’s heart
swelled and tears ofjoy ran down from her old eyes.
Living with her
brother’s family Aunt Mehetabel l) could hardly do any household chores due to
her old age.
2) suffered
from not having a family of her own.
3) had
got accustomed to her humble existence.
4) expected
to be left alone to live a life of her own.
Since her youth Aunt Mehetabel had been good at needlework
and
l) was known for making nice
dresses for herself.
2)
was eager to help other people with sewing.
3)
humbly accepted people’s admiration of her skills. 4) made nice
bedcovers from pieces of fabric.
Aunt Mehetabel’s new quilt followed the complicated pattern
which
l) one of the neighbours had given her.
2)
she herself had happened to invent.
3)
she had copied at the weekly prayer-meeting. 4) had been sent
over to her.
Aunt Mehetabel took her time about starting her new quilt
because she
1) wanted
to make sure that the family wouldn’t object to it.
2) wanted
to think over every detail of the pattern carefully.
3) was
afraid that other members of the family would find her selfish.
4) was
too old to start a new quilt with such a difficult pattern,
As Aunt Mehetabel wanted to find some time to work on her
quilt she
l) started to get up earlier to use the early hours of the
morning.
2)
tried to do her regular chores as quickly as possible.
3)
skipped some of her minor household chores. 4) worked in her room
at night by candlelight.
One evening Aunt Mehetabel came down to the room where the
family sat in order to
l) boast about the splendid
intricate pattern of the quilt. 2) show them the first square of the quilt she
had made.
3) demonstrate how skillfully she could use her
needle. 4) have enough light to proceed with her work.
When Aunt Mehetabel started her new quilt, she was driven by
l) a sudden flash of
inspiration of an artist. 2) an urge to get rid of her monotonous existence.
3) her
wish to win everybody’s admiration.
4) her
desire to become a rightful member of the family.
5.
llpoqumaüme maccm u
oznonwme 3aðaHzo A15—A21. B Kao,cò0M 3aòŒuu
oõgeòume guØpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomgemcme 10 10 6b1õ
aHHOM eauu ea uamn omeema.
«Take the Circle, District or Piccadilly Line to
South Kensington, then walk up Exhibition Road. It will take you between 10 and
15 minutes. The Royal Geographical Society is on the junction between
Exhibition Road and Kensington Gore.» The instructions are so idiot-proof
that at 9 am precisely all seven of us are in our places, like expectant
schoolchildren.
A man in a check suit, with a neatly trimmed beard,
enters and infroduces himself. Tristan Gooley. Welcome.’ He flashes a shy
smile. ‘Just to put this all into context, I think I can safely say that you
are the only people in the world studying this particular topic today.’ It is
quite an intro. There are a few oohs and ahs from the audience. Tristan Gooley,
navigator extraordinary, has his audience in the palm of his hand. We are here
because we are curious about how you get from A to B. And if you are curious about
how to get from A to B, who better to ask than Tristan Gooley? He is the only
man alive who has both flown and sailed solo across the Atlantic. You can’t
argue with that sort of CV.
Natural navigation’, his new baby, is exactly what that
phrase suggests: route-finding that depends on interpreting natural signs — the
sun, the stars, the direction of the wind, the alignment of the trees — rather
than using maps, compasses or the ubiquitous satnav. ‘Of course, 99.9 per cent
of the time, you will have other ways of finding wherever it is you want to get
to. But if you don’t … ‘t Gooley pauses theatrically, ‘there is a lot to be
said for understanding the science of navigation and directionfinding. If
people become too dependent on technology, they can lose connection with
nature, which is a pity.’
The natural navigator’s best friend, inevitably, is the
sun. We all know that it rises in the east, sets in the west and, at its
zenith, is due south. But if it is, say, three in the afternoon and you are
lost in the desert, how do you get your bearings? The answer, says Gooley, is
to find a stick. By noting the different places where its shadow falls over a
short period of time, you will quickly locate the eastwest axis. ‘The sun
influences things even if you can’t see it,’ he explains. You might not be in
the desert, but walking along a forest track in Britain. One side of the track
is darker in colour than the other. ‘Ah-ha!’ thinks the natural navigator. ‘It
is darker because it is damper, which means it is getting less sun, because it
is shaded by the trees, which means that south is that way.’ You can now stride
confidently southwards — or in whichever direction you wish to head — without
fiddling with a map.
As the day wears on, the detective work forces us to look
at the world in new and unexpected ways. Just when we think we are getting thc
hang of it, Gooley sets us a particularly difficult task. A photograph of a
house comes up on the screen. An orange sun is peeping over the horizon behind
the house. There is a tree in the foreground. «Just study the picture for
a few minutes,» Gooley says, «and tell me in which direction the
photographer is pointing the camera.» Tricky. Very tricky. Is the sun
rising or setting? Is the tree growing straight up or leaning to the right? Is
that a star twinkling over the chimney? Are we in the northern or southern
hemisphere? ‘South-east,’ I say firmly, having analysed the data in minute
detail. «Not quite.» — «Am I close?» — «Not really.
The answer is north-west.» Ah well. Only 180 degrees out.
Still, if I am bottom of the class, I have caught the
natural navigation bug. What a fascinating science, both mysterious and
universal. It is hardly what you would call a practical skill: there are too
many man-made aids to navigation at our disposal. But it connects us,
thrillingly, to the world around us — and to those long-dead ancestors who
circled the globe with nothing but stars to guide them. It reminds us what it
means to bc human.
What is the writer’s main point in the first paragraph?
l) that the Royal Geographical Society was easy for
all of them to find. 2) that the route to the Royal Geographical Society might
sound complicated.
3) that all of them wanted to arrive at the Royal
Geographical Society on time. 4) that they did not need instructions to find
the Royal Geographical Society.
What does the writer say about Tristan Gooley in the second
paragraph?
l) He was different from what he
had expected.
2)
He began in an
impressive way.
3)
He had always wanted to meet him. 4) He seldom gave talks to the
public.
What does Tristan Gooley say about ‘natural navigation’?
l) It can be more accurate than
using technology.
2)
It is quite a
complicated skill to master.
3)
It should only be used in emergency situations. 4) It is not
required most of the time.
According to Gooley, the use of a stick which he
explains
l) only works in the desert.
2)
involves more
than one piece of information.
3)
works best at particular times of the day. 4) may surprise some
people.
The example Of walking along a forest track
illustrates
l) the fact that the sun may not
be important to finding your way.
2) the
difference between the desert and other locations.
3) the
advantage of learning natural navigation.
4) the
relationship between natural navigation and other skills.
What does the writer say about the task involving a
photograph?
l) It was not as simple as it
first appeared.
2)
He needed more
information in order to do it successfully.
3) He
became more confused the longer he spent on it.
4) He
was not surprised to hear that his answer was wrong.
The writer’s attitude towards natural navigation is that
l) it would take a long time to be
good at it.
2)
it is a valuable skill in the modern world.
3)
it is only likely to appeal to a certain kind of person. 4) it is
exciting but not very useful.
6.
Ilpogumaüme
maccm u Bblnonwme 3aòaHun A15—A21. B KaOfCðOM 3aÒaHuu
06eeòume quÞpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomeemcmg ‘0 8b16 aHHOM
ea-Mu ga uawn omeema.
Knowing that
Mrs. Mallard was afflicted with a heart trouble, great care was taken to break
to her as gently as possible the news of her husband’s death. It was her friend
Josephine who told her, in broken sentences veiled hints that revealed in half
concealing. Her husband’s friend Mr Richards was there, too, near her.
It was he who
had been in the newspaper office when intelligence of the railroad disaster was
received, with Brently Mallard’s name leading the list of «killed.»
He had only taken the time to assure himself of its truth by a second
telegramme, and had hastened to forestall any less careful, less tender friend
in bearing the sad message. She did not hear the story as many women would have
heard the same, with a paralysed inability to accept its significance. She wept
at once, with sudden, wild abandonment. When the storm of grief had spent
itself she went away to her room alone. She would have no one follow her.
There stood,
facing the open window, a comfortable, roomy armchair. Into this she sank,
pressed down by a physical exhaustion that haunted her body and seemed to reach
into her soul. She could see in the open square before her house the tops of
trees that were full of new spring life. The delicious breath of rain was in
the air. In the street below a peddler was crying his wares. The notes of a
distant song which someone was singing reached her faintly, and countless
sparrows were twittering in the eaves.
There were
patches of blue sky showing here and there through the clouds that had met and
piled one above the other in the west facing her window. There was something
coming to her and she was waiting for it, fearfully. What was it? She did not
know; it was too subtle and elusive to name. But she felt it, creeping out of
thê sky, reaching toward her through the sounds, the scents, the colour
that filled the air. A little whispered word escaped her slightly parted lips.
She said it over and over under her breath: «Free, free, free!» There
would be no one to live for during those coming years; she would live for
herself. There would be no powerful will bending hers in that blind persistence
with which men and women believe they have a right to impose a private will
upon a fellow-creature. And yet she had loved him — sometimes. What did it
matter! «Free! Body and soul free!» she kept whispering.
Josephine was
kneeling before the closed door with her lips to the keyhole, imploring for
admission. «Louise, open the door! I beg, open the door—you will make
yourself ill. What are you doing, Louise? For heaven’s sake open the
door.» «Go away. I am not making myself ill.» No; she was
drinking in the elixir of life through that open window. Her fancy was running
riot along those days ahead of her. Spring days, and summer days, and all sorts
of days that would be her own. She breathed a quick prayer that life might be
long. It was only yesterday she had thought with a shudder that life might be
long.
She arose at
length and opened the door to Josephine’s persistent requests. There was a
feverish triumph in her eyes, and she carried herself unwittingly like a
goddess of Victory. She clasped her friend’s waist, and together they descended
the stairs. Richards stood waiting for them at the bottom.
Someone was
opening the front door with a latchkey. It was Brently Mallard who entered, a
little travel-stained, composedly carrying his grip-sack and umbrella. He had
been far from the scene of the accident, and did not even know there had been
one. He stood amazed at Josephine’s piercing cry; at Richards’ quick motion to
screen him from the view of his wife. When the doctors came they said she had
died of heart disease — of the joy that kills.
Mrs Mallard learned the sad news of her husband’s death from
l) Mr Richards who clarified
Josephine’s vague hints.
2)
Josephine incoherent beating around the bush.
3)
the newspaper news of the railroad disaster.
4)
the telegramme which Richard had hastened to bring.
When Mrs Mallard
learned the sad news she l) accepted it as other women would have done in her
position.
2) was
paralysed and refused to believe it.
3) failed
to cope with her acute sense of grief.
4) sought
consolation in her friends’ company.
The peaceful atmosphere of a nice spring
day helped Mrs Mallard
l) feel real gratitude to her friends for their support.
2)
listen to what was going on inside her.
3)
think rationally about the steps she should take next. 4) summon
up the strength to face the tragic loss.
When Mrs Mallard repeated the word
«free» she implied that
l) according to her late husband’s
will she had inherited all the money and was free to spend it any way she
liked.
2)
she had stopped loving her husband a long time before and now she
was free to make a fresh start in her private life.
3)
from now on there would be no one to dominate her life and give
her orders and she was free to live the way she liked.
4)
her husband had turned her life into a nightmare hurting her
physically and now she would be free from pain and humiliation.
Mrs Mallard wouldn’t open the door to
Josephine because Mrs Mallard
l) took her time enjoying her new position.
2)
was praying and wanted to be left alone.
3)
was carefully planning her future life.
4)
wanted to recollect the events of her past life.
When Mrs Mallard finally left her room she
l) was unable to walk and
Josephine supported her. 2) was prepared to accept condolences on her tragic
loss.
3) could hardly conceal the feeling that overwhelmed
her. 4) looked majestic in her black mourning dress.
Mrs Mallard passed away because
l) she had been overcome with joy
at seeing her husband alive.
2) all
her hopes and expectations had been brutally shattered.
3) her
heart had stopped at Josephine’s piercing cry.
4) she
had experienced too many emotions that day.
7.
Ilpogumaùme mezccm u gt,znonnume 3aòŒua
A15—A21. B Ka9fCÒOM 3aÒanuu oõgeÒume quØpy
1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomgemcmg ‘0 10 8bZõ al-IHOM gauvtu ga uamn omgema.
J. S. G. Boggs
is a young artist with a certain flair and panache. What he likes to do, for
example, is to invite you out to eat at an expensive restaurant, run up a bill
of, say, eighty-seven dollars, and then, while sipping coffee after dessert,
reach into his satchel and pull out a drawing he’s already been working on for
several hours before the meal. The drawing, on a small sheet of highquality
paper, might consist, in this instance, of a virtually perfect rendition of the
face-side of a onehundred-dollar bill.
He then pulls out a couple of precision pens from his
satchel — one green ink, the other black — and proceeds to apply the finishing
touches to his drawing. This activity invariably causes a stir. Guests at
neighbouring tables crane their necks. Passing waiters stop to gawk. The head
waiter eventually drifts over, stares for a while, and then praises the young
man on the excellence of his art. «Thatts good,» says
Boggs, «I’m glad you like this drawing, because I intend to use it as
payment for our meal.»
At this point,
a vertiginous chill descends upon the room — or, more precisely, upon the head
waiter. He blanches. You can see his mind reeling as he begins to plot
strategy. Should he call the police? How is he going to avoid a scene? But
Boggs almost immediately reestablishes a measure of equilibrium by reaching
into his satchel, pulling out a real hundred-dollar bill — indeed, the model of
the very drawing he’s just completed — and saying, «Of course, if you
want, you can take this ordinary hundred-dollar bill instead.» Colour is
already returning to the head waiter’s face. «But as you can see»,
Boggs continues, «I’m an artist, and I drew this. It took me many hours to
it, and it’s certainly worth something … So you have to make up your mind
whether you think this piece of art is worth more or less than this standard
one-hundred-dollar bill. It’s entirely up to you.»
As a conceptual artist, Boggs feels a work isn’t
complete until he has spent one of his bills; not only spent it, in fact, but
often also received change in real currency — and a receipt. A ‘successful
transaction’, as he explains, is one that makes people think about such
concepts as value and beauty and leads them to their own conclusions,
independent of any establishment — whether governmental or cultural.
But mightn’t his money still be counterfeit? Boggs
always makes impish changes on his bills — signing his own name instead of the
Secretary of the Treasury’s, for instance, or substituting the faces of
celebrated American women (a current project) for the men gracing US currency.
Governments, however, don’t take kindly to this. Boggs has been prosecuted,
unsuccessfully, for counterfeiting in both England and Australia; the
Australian government was even required to pay him more than $20,000 in
damages.
In the United
States things have gone less well. In 1990, just before a major exhibition of
his work opened, Boggs became embroiled with the U.S. Secret Service. Its
agents moved to prevent publication of the show’s catalogue as it was then
conceived, with actual-size, full-colour reproductions of Boggs’s drawings. In
the end, the catalogue «J. S. G. Boggs Smart Money (Hard Currency)»,
was printed using enlarged images.
This was just
the beginning for Boggs: when ‘Smart Money’ moved on to another gallery, Secret
Service agents threatened to confiscate everything but had no search warrant.
In December 1992, Boggs was preparing to embark on ‘Project Pittsburgh’ and
spend a million dollars’ ‘worth’ of a new series of drawings. The Secret
Service raided his studio and office at Carnegie Mellon University, where he
was a visiting lecturer in Art and Ethics. They confiscated 1,300 items. They
did not, however, arrest Boggs, whose suit to regain his material is currently
on appeal.
According to
Kent Yalowitz, the lawyer who has taken Boggs’ case on, «The government
has never tried to explain to the courts why they think he’s breaking the law
or why they have a right to seize his work.» Yalowitz points out that,
unlike counterfeiters, Boggs has never tried to defraud anyone with his notes,
nor has anyone ever complained of fraud in any of Boggs’ transactions. Yalowitz
said he’s offered the government a compromise solution: «So long as no one
complains of being defrauded by Boggs or anyone else using one of his drawings,
the government should not interfere with his work.»
«What’s driving them so crazy?»
Boggs asks for his part. «It must be the way these bills of mine subvert
the whole system, calling into question the very credibility of the country’s
entire currency.» Boggs commissioned Thomas Hipschen, the master engraver
whose portraits adorn the new denominations of American currency, to make a
steel-engraved portrait. This portrait — of Boggs — now also adorns a series of
$100,000 bills, which the artist foresees using to pay his legal expenses.
How do other guests and restaurant staff react initially to
J. S. G. Boggs’s behaviour?
l) They are worried by it. 2) They are curious about
it.
3) They are impressed by the quality of his work.
4) They try not to take any notice.
The head waiter is relieved when he realises that
l) Boggs’s drawing is worth more than the cost of the meal.
2)
Boggs is not willing to pay the bill with legal currency.
3)
Boggs is not going to cause an embarrassing incident. 4) Boggs
takes the concepts of value and art seriously.
What is Boggs’s main objective?
1) To
trick people into accepting his drawings as payment.
2) To
get people to question established values.
3) To
obtain real currency as change.
4) To
provoke a reaction from the government.
How have governments outside the United States reacted to
Boggsts art?
l) They have tried unsuccessfully to convict him of
counterfeiting.
2) They
have asked him not to change the images on the original notes.
3) They
have fined him as much as $20,000 for exhibiting his drawings.
4) They
have shown quite a lot of sympathy for his work and ideas.
What difficulties has Boggs had with the authorities in
the United States?
l) They have forced him to make changes to a catalogue for
one of his exhibitions.
2) They
have confiscated all the work from his exhibition ‘Smart Money’.
3) They
have charged him with fraud for trying to pay with his drawings.
4) They
have charged him with counterfeiting for reproducing images on US currency.
How does Boggs hope to pay his lawyers?
1)
With a real $100,000 bill.
2)
With a portrait by another famous artist.
3)
With his latest piece of work.
4)
With the change from a transaction with one of his drawings.
What does the writer think about
Boggs? l) He is breaking the law and should be punished.
2)
He is a little eccentric but interesting.
3)
He is mentally unbalanced but amusing at the same time. 4) He is
being unfairly victimised by the authorities.
8.
llpogumaüme maccm u oznonwme
3aÒaHt1H A15—A21. B Raacð0M 3aòŒuu 06æðume
vuØpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomeemcm6 }0 70 016 aHHOM ea.MU ga uŒtm
omeema.
Last October, a
land cruiser truck carrying the limp body of a month-old African elephant
pulled up to the gate of Daphne Sheldrick’s property just outside Kenya’s
Nairobi National Park. It had been found wandering alone outside another park
dazed and dehydrated, its floppy ears badly sunburned. «The babies are
always ill and sometimes severely traumatized,» says Sheldrick. «Constant
attention, affection, and communication are crucial to their will to live. They
must never be left alone.»
Remarkably,
those that make it to Sheldrick homestead never are. Until they are two, they
get all the attention that a human infant would receive, including having a
keeper sleep at their side every night. Sheldrick, 61, a widow of David
Sheldrick, a renowned naturalist and founder of Kenya’s Tsavo National Park,
opened her elephant and rhino orphanage in 1977 and has become a leading
authority on infant elephant behaviour. After 25 years of frustrating trial and
error, she developed a system for nurturing baby elephants. Her method includes
a skim milk-coconut oil fonnula devised for human babies. Since then, she and
her staff of eight keepers have raised 12 elephants from infancy — the highest
success rate in the world.
«Infant
elephants are very similar to human infants,» says Sheldrick. «They
can be naughty, competitive and disobedient. When you say, ‘No’, they want to
do it.» If punishment is called for, Sheldrick gives them ‘a little zing
on the bottom’ with a battery-powered cattle prod. «It’s an unfamiliar
sensation, so it’s unpleasant for them. But then,» she adds, «you
have to be careful to make friends with them again.» Prodigious memory may
explain why zoo keepers are occasionally killed by elephants they have known
for years. «They’ve done something to the elephant which they have
forgotten, but the elephant hasn’t,» she explains.
For every step
forward, there were painful retreats. In 1974 Sheldrick achieved a breakthrough
when she nursed a newborn, Aisha, to 6 months. But then she had to leave for 2
weeks to attend her daughter Jill’s wedding. Aisha, who had been bonded
exclusively with Sheldrick — stopped eating. «She died of a broken
heart,» she says, who now rotates keepers to prevent babies from bonding
with only one person.
The orphans
remain at Sheldrick’s compound until the age of 2, when they are fully weaned
onto a vegetable diet. Once they are able to feed themselves, they are trucked
to The National Park, 150 miles away, where they are put into a stockade and
gradually introduced to local herds. Eleanor, who was rescued and introduced to
the wild in 1970, has become a willing adoptive mother. «The little
elephants are always welcome in a wild herd,» says Sheldrick.
But the adults
can also be stern parents. «If the matriarch gives them a smack with her
trunk, they’ll come flying back to their human keepers,» says Sheldrick,
who makes sure the youngsters are free to come and go from the stockade.
«It takes 12 to 15 years (of their 60- to 70-year lifespan) before the
baby becomes independent of his human family. Eventually they get bored stiff
with people because they’re having more fun with elephants.»
For their part,
elephants can make it instantly clear when humans have overstepped their
welcome. Last year, Sheldrick was visiting The National Park when mistakenly
she thought she had spotted Eleanor. «I called her, and she came
over,» she recalls.» I talked to her for about 10 minutes and touched
her ear. She didn’t like it at all and used her tusk and truck to send me
flying into a pile of boulders.» Despite a shattered right knee and femur
from which she is still recovering, Sheldrick doesn’t hold a grudge. «On
the contrary,» she says, «I’m very flattered that a completely wild
elephant would come and talk to me.»
What is the most important element in Sheldrick’s approach to
rearing baby elephants?
l) Providing them with
companionship 24 hours a day.
2)
Feeding them with a dairy-based milk devised for human babies.
3)
Not giving them too much attention after they turn two. 4)
Getting the keepers to sleep with them.
Why is it important to make friends with an elephant after
you have punished it?
l) They are like human
children and can be naughty. 2) They might never forgive you for punishing
them.
3) They
may kill you if you don’t.
4) They
will forget the punishment too quickly.
Why was it a mistake for Sheldrick to nurse the baby elephant
Aisha on her own?
l) She couldn’t leave Aisha to attend her daughter’s
wedding.
2) Aisha
became too attached to her.
3) The
other keepers didn’t know how to look after Aisha.
4) Elephants
like to have a variety of people looking after them.
Why are the baby elephants kept in a stockade after
taking to the National Park?
l) The wild elephants do not accept them. 2) They are
still not able to feed themselves.
3) They
have not yet been adopted by Eleanor.
4) The
process of assimilation into a herd takes time.
Why do the young elephants eventually stop coming back to the
stockade?
l) They prefer the company of other elephants. 2) The
other elephants are too rough with them.
3) The keepers stop them because they are too old. 4)
The humans get bored with them.
Why did Sheldrick touch the wild elephant’s ear?
1)
She wanted to make the elephant feel welcome.
2)
She had confused her with another elephant.
3)
She had already been talking to her for about ten minutes. 4) She
was flattered by the elephant’s attention.
What overall impression does the author of the article give
of work with elephants?
l) It is dangerous. 2) It is depressing.
3) It
is rewarding.
4) It
is unpleasant
9.
Ilpogumaüme meŒccm u 01’10JIHume
3aòaŒ{ua A15—A21. B RaOÆCÒOM 3aÒaHuu
06eeòume tf*y 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomeemcm 10 8b16 am-IOM eauu ga uaHm
omeema.
Whether it’s
holidays, great days out or lazy days at home, you hope your children will
retain happy memories of their childhoods. But often their treasured
recollections don’t match parental expectations.
Take my
exasperated friend Sarah. Back on the train after a day at both the Natural
History and the Science museums with three children under 10, she asked:
«So what did you all learn?’ That if I bang my head on something hard,
it’s going to hurt,» came the reply from her six-year-old daughter.
Roaring dinosaurs and an expensive lunch had little impact, but the bump on a
banister was destined to become family legend. After I’d helped out on a school
trip to Tate Modern art gallery, the teacher told me that three of my
five-year-old charges drew the escalators as their most memorable bit of the
day. «On a zoo trip, Luca liked the caterpillar best,» says my friend
Barbara. «Forget lions, giraffes and gorillas. What made the most
impression (and what he still talks about five years later) is the time he
found a caterpillar at the zoo.»
My children
are masters of odd-memory syndrome, recalling the minutiae and looking
blankraced at major events. The self-catering cottage of last year is ‘the
yellow house that smelled funny’. A skiing holiday is ‘remember when we had
burgers for breakfast?’ and a summer holiday is ‘when we had two ice creams
every night’.
Food features
large in other children’s memories. ‘Did you like going on the plane?’ a friend
asked her three-year-old daughter after her first flight. «I liked the
crisps,» came the reply. Four «ears on, another friend’s daughter
still remembers Menorca for the tomato-flavoured crisps and Pembrokeshire for
the dragon ice cream (ice cream in a dragon-shaped pot). Last summer, Janey and
her husband took their three children on a three-week train trip around Europe.
«We wanted to open their minds to the joys of travel and experiencing
different cultures,» she says. «But the high point for them was the
Mickey Mouse-shaped ice cream. That was in Rome. I wonder whether the Coliseum
made any sort of impression.»
But parenting
expert Suzie Hayman is reassuring. «I think food figures high in
everybody’s memories,» she says. «I just have to think of hot
chocolate and I’m transported back to Paris. Adults tend to be less direct or
simply try hard to come up to other people’s expectations. The important thing
is that you give your children lots of stimulation. If you visit a museum, you
can convey your appreciation for something. Just don’t expect them to share it.
It’s all about laying out the buffet and letting children pick. What children
want most is you — your attention, your approval, your time. They may prefer
the box to the present, but you’re still giving them variety for their memory
pool. It’s also important that they don’t grow up expecting that happy times only
equate with spending money on expensive days out.»
My
nine-year-old has a memory theory: the more uncomfortable the bed, the better
the holiday. So sleeping on bathroom floors and bending Z-beds make for a
fantastic time and fluffy pillows and soft mattresses (more expensive) equal
boring. This is one unexpected memory I plan to nurture for years to come.
What do all of the memories mentioned in the second paragraph
have in common?
l) They concerned something
unexpected that happened during a trip.
2) They
were not connected with the main purpose of the trip.
3) They
concerned trips that adults particularly enjoyed.
4) They
were not things that the children remembered for long.
What does the writer suggest about ‘major events’ in the
third paragraph?
1) Her
children’s memories of them are different from hers.
2)
Her children’s
memories of them change over time.
3) Her
children are unable to remember them at all.
4) Her
children remember only certain parts of them.
The food examples in the fourth
paragraph illustrate the fact that l) food is often what children remember
about journeys. 2) children’s memories of past events frequently involve food.
3)
children like talking about unusual food they have had.
4)
children keep their memories of unusual food for a long time.
What does Suzie Hayman say about
memories of food? l) Children are more likely to mention food than adults.
2)
Adults forget what food they have had after a while.
3)
The fact that children remember food is not important. 4) All her
best memories of childhood involve food.
What does Suzie Hayman say about parents?
l) They should not expect their children to enjoy the same
things that they enjoy.
2)
They should not take their children on expensive days out.
3)
They should not pay attention to what their children can remember.
4) They should not take their children to places that will not interest them.
The writer says that her child’s memory theory
l) is different from that of other children.
2) has
an advantage for the writer.
3) makes
logical sense to the writer.
4) is
something that she shares with her child.
The writer’s purpose in the article is to point out
1) how
difficult it is for children to remember the kind of things that adults
remember.
2) how
annoying children’s memories of past events can be for adults.
3) how
happy children’s own memories of past events make them feel.
4) how
different children’s memories are from what adults want them to remember.
10.
llpogumaüme maccm u
oznonwme 3aðaHug A15—A21. B KCZJCÒOM 3aÒŒuu
oõæòume quØpy 1, 2, 3 unu 4, coomæmcme 10
8b1õ aHHOM gaMU ea uaHrn omeema.
In 1789 began
the celebrated French Revolution, an event which shook the old certainties of
European states and European monarchies to the core. It also raised debate on
the desired structure of the state throughout whole populations to an
unprecedented degree. In October the following year, Edmund Burke brought out
his Reflections on the Revolution in France which sold 35,000 copies within
weeks, then a huge number. It reinforced all the fears and prejudices of the
traditional aristocracy. Immediately, more progressive authors began writing
their responses including the celebrated Thomas Paine whose The Rights ofMan
sold an amazing two million copies.
But Paine’s was
not the first response. Less than a month after Burke’s book was published
there appeared the anonymous A Vindication of the Rights ofMen. It sold so well
that a second edition appeared only three weeks after the first. However, in
this edition the author was named as Mary Wollstonecraft. The involvement of
women in politics was almost unknown at the time and there was outrage. Horace
Walpole called her «a hyena in petticoats».
If she was intimidated by the outcry, it
did not show. Only two years later, at the beginning of
1792, she produced another book
with an even more inflammatory title: A Vindication of the Rights of Women.
This has been a handbook for feminists ever since. Women tended to like her
strong opinions while men were, not surprisingly, infuriated. What is surprising
is that so many of the men who attacked this piece are usually thought of as
politically advanced. Even William Godwin, for example, supported the idea that
men and women were different and complementary and this required a political
arrangement where men led and women followed. Wollstonecraft attacked this
notion and demanded independence and equality for women.
This
rebellious streak led her in quite a different direction from most of her
contemporaries. As bloodshed in Paris reached its peak during 1792 and 1793,
and most British fled from France, Wollstonecraft moved to Paris to live. She
stayed while most of her French friends were killed. Quite why is not clear
since she clearly preferred the society of the bourgeois intellectuals who were
dying to the street revolutionaries who were killing them. Perhaps it was only
after this experience that she appreciated some of the practical pitfalls of
unchecked liberty.
The reality of revolution seemed
to change her in a number of other ways. A feature of her Vindication was to
urge both men and women to subjugate passion to reason. Before her experience
in France she had remained single and, single-mindedly, celibate despite the
temptation offered by the painter Fuseli. But whilst in France she threw herself
into a passionate affair with the American adventurer Gilbert Imlay. She even
followed Imlay to Scandinavia in search of stolen silver treasure; a triumph of
passion over reason if ever there was one! How ironic that she should suffer
this fate in the middle of, what she hoped would be, the foundation of a
better, more rational, society.
She never entirely lost her principles, however, and clung to
the belief that a better world based on equality and reason was attainable.
Eventually she returned to Britain and, after a failed suicide bid, she married
the very William Godwin who had so criticised her before. She died in
childbirth not long after and pronounced herself «content to be
wretched» but refused to be a nothing and discounted.
Mary
Wollstonecraft’s life was revolutionary in many ways, even for her time. She
may have been inconsistent and contradictory but this cannot diminish the
effect she had on the political thoughts of her contemporaries. We cannot
ignore too, the degree to which she has influenced later thought, even down to
the present day. Her son-in-law, Percy Shelley, was a fervent admirer who
immortalised her in verse in The Revolt of Islam. De Beauvoir’s The Second Sex
and Greer’s The Female Eunuch both owe their origins to Wollstonecraft’s
pioneering writing. The notions of equality we take for granted today first
appeared in her work.
The revolution in France
l) frightened everybody. 2)
prejudiced the aristocracy.
3)
concerned everybody.
4)
challenged the established order.
Wollstonecraft’s A Vindication of the Rights ofMen
l) was an immediate best seller.
2)
sold only slowly
at first.
3)
hardly sold at
all.
4)
was only read by women.
The response to A Vindicaton ofthe Rights ofMen
l) intimidated Mary. 2) made Mary
flee to France.
3) attracted William Godwin. 4) made Mary write
another book.
Men objected to the book because
l) it was written by a woman. 2)
it challenged established ideas about men and womel 3) she published before
them.
4) the writer was a female politician.
Mary’s personal life
l) always matched her published
beliefs. 2) sometimes contradicted her published beliefs.
3) never contradicted her published beliefs. 4) never
matched her published beliefs.
In refusing to be discounted she meant
l) women should be taught literacy and numeracy.
2)
the role of women
should not be reduced.
3)
she was not to be overlooked for being a woman. 4) she was happy
as she was.
Mary Wollstonecraft’s writing
l) was constant and
contemporary. 2) inspired modern feminist writers.
3) took equality for granted. 4) was ignored.
58
11.
Ilpogumaüme meccm u
8bžnonwme 3aòaHun A15—A21. B RaO+CÒOM 3aòaHuu
06geòume quØpy 1, 2, 3 wzu 4, coomæmcme ‘0 016 aHHOM gauu
ga uaHm omeema.
For three
centuries the greatest minds on the planet were baffled by a seemingly simple
equation set by an amateur 17th century mathematician, Pierre de
Fermat. The battle to prove Fermat’s theory about this equation was a long and
hard one and it was not until 1997 that Professor Andrew Wiles received the
prestigious Wolfskehl Prize, in recognition of his epic struggle with this
‘simple equation’ which had become one of the most notorious problems in
mathematics: Fermat’s Last Theorem.
Wiles first
read about Fermat’s Last Theorem when, as a schoolboy, he visited his local
library: «One day I borrowed a book about this ancient and unsolved
problem. It looked so simple, and yet the greatest mathematicians in history
couldn’t solve it. A 10-year-óld, I knew from that moment I would never
let it go.’
The theorem’s
creator was a civil servant and mathematician. Having studied an equation. He
claimed that he could prove it was impossible to solve this particular
equation, but the mischievous Frenchman never committed his proof to paper.
For thirty
years, teachers, lecturers and then colleagues told Wiles he was wasting his
time but he never gave up. When he eventually spotted a potential strategy, the
mathematician did not publicise his idea. Instead he worked in complete
isolation. Only his wife knew of the new direction his work had taken. He
believed his approach was right, but feared that rival mathematicians might
beat him to the proof if they discovered his plan. Making his strategy succeed
would take seven years of dedicated effort, conducted in complete secrecy.
During this period, Wiles continued to publish papers of conventional
calculations every year to put his peers off the scent.
To show that
no numbers fitted the equation, Wiles had to confront infinity — the
mathematician’s nightmare. He likens his experience to a journey through the
dark: «You enter the first room and it’s completely dark. You stumble
around, bumping into the furniture. After six months or so you find the light
switch and suddenly everything is illuminated. Then you move into the next room
and spend another six months in the dark. Although each of these breakthroughs
can be momentary, they are the culmination of many months of stumbling around
in the dark.»
In June 1993,
Wiles revealed to the world that he had proved Fermat’s Last Theorem. However,
within a few months referees spotted an error in the proof. Wiles attempted to
fix it before news of the error had leaked out, but he failed. By the end of
1993, the mathematical community was full of gossip and rumour, with many
academics criticising Wiles because he refused to release the flawed calculations,
thus preventing others from fixing the error.
Wiles spent an
agonizing year before making the final breakthrough that resurrected his proof.
«It was so indescribably beautiful. I stared at the calculation in
disbelief for 20 minutes. It was the most important moment of my working
life.» The sheer complexity of the proof shows it can’t possibly be the
proof Fermat had in mind, and some mathematicians are continuing the search for
the original 1 7th century proof.
How did Wiles feel about Fermat’s Last Theorem?
l) He was obsessed with it. 2) He
couldn’t understand it.
3) He
was worried about it.
4) He
didn’t think he could solve it.
Why is Fermat described as ‘mischievous Frenchman’?
l) He said it was impossible to
find a solution to the equation.
2)
He only did mathematics in his spare time as a hobby.
3)
The proof he claimed to have discovered was not written down. 4)
He wouldn’t say whether he had found a proof or not.
Why were Wiles’ teachers and colleagues discouraging about
his project?
l) They thought he had adopted the
wrong approach.
2)
They did not know he had found the strategy.
3)
They did not know his wife knew about it. 4) They thought the
problem was unsolvable.
How did Wiles avoid attracting
suspicion? l) He was very secretive about his work.
2)
He carried on doing his normal work.
3)
He was extremely dedicated to his work. 4) He published papers
about the proof.
What did the process of arriving at a proof involve?
l) Long periods of bewilderment
followed by flashes of understanding. 2) Careful, painstaking work which
gradually began to reveal a solution.
3) A
series of sudden realisations leading to a final answer.
4) A
long journey of exploration at the end of which the solution was revealed
Why did other mathematicians criticise Wiles in 1993?
l) There were errors in the
original proof.
2)
He could not fix the errors in the original proof.
3)
He would not let others work on his original proof. 4) He allowed
rumours about the original proof to circulate.
The equation Fermat and Wiles studied
l) was solvable but Wiles could
not work out the solution. 2) was solvable and Wiles eventually worked out the
solution.
3) was
unsolvable but Wiles could not prove this.
4) was
unsolvable and Wiles eventually proved this.
12.
|
llpoqumaüme maccm u et,znonwme 3aÒaHun A15—A21. B |
1, 2, |
Sir Thomas More
was the most brilliant Englishman of his age in an age, the early Renaissance,
which is thought to be particularly brilliant. He scaled the heights in law, in
philosophy and literature, and attained high political rank as Chancellor. But the
most challenging thing about this man is nothing that he achieved in life but
the nature of his death. The facts are well known. He was executed by King
Henry VIII in 1534 for refusing to accept Henry as head of the church in
England. What is unclear is why he chose to refuse, and to die, in this way.
Clouding the
issue are the political and religious arguments which were at the root of his
refusal and his death. It will be remembered that King Henry VIII was, for the
most of his life, an ardent Catholic who was awarded the title of Defender of
the Faith for his resistance to the Protestant reformation. But his desperation
for a male heir led Henry to divorce his first wife, Catherine of Aragon, in
favour of the younger Ann Boleyn who offered the promise of a son. High
politics among the crowned heads of Europe meant that this could only be
achieved by a break with Rome and the acceptance of Protestantism in England.
In a time when religion was taken very seriously by whole populations there was
bound to be resistance.
Traditional
Catholic writers, such as Friar Anthony Foley, have cast More as a martyr who
stood up for the cause of Catholicism and perished for the true religion.
«More was a beacon of light in those dark times,» says Friar Foley,
«whose actions have shown the path of righteousness for true believers
even down to the present day. This interpretation was convenient for the
Catholic church, then as now, and resulted in More being made a saint. It
ignores, however, the fact that More took every step to stop his ideas being
made a political issue. Whatever reason he had it was not support of the
Catholic church. It also does not explain why More chose to take a stand, and
effectively commit suicide, on this issue. Even under the teachings of the Catholic
church he could have sworn the necessary oath to Henry because he was under
duress. The church in his day did not expect or require him to refuse. More’s
personal beliefs were his own but refusal to take the oath is what condemned
him.
A more recent
biography, by Paul Hardy, views More as a medieval man and not the renaissance
man he is often seen as. As such, Hardy argues, he would have been deeply
conservative. The changes which Henry was embracing, with the acceptance of
Protestantism, would have been highly offensive. «As a lawyer and
Chancellor, More had spent his life defending the status quo and now it was
turned round,» he writes. This rather ignores the deliberate modernity
which imbued every other aspect of More’s life from legal reform to the
rewriting of school textbooks.
Other writers, such as the psychotherapist Bill Blake,
see More’s demise as an example of depressive illness. Melancholy was widely
known at the time but not seen as an illness. It is not implausible that under
the sfi•ain of work and the profile of his position as Chancellor, he succumbed
to depression and, desperate and indecisive, let death sweep over him. But
contemporary reports are odds with this. He made every effort to comfort and
cheer up his own relatives and never appeared lost or undecided.
Since More
himself left no explanation we will probably never really know what his
motivation was. However, Hardy’s observations are very true in some respects in
that More lived in a very different world and one that is hard for us to
understand. Life could be very cheap 500 years ago especially if one held high
political office of intellectual views at odds with the establishment. There is
no better way of appreciating this than to consider the fate of the poets in
the Oxford Book of Sixteenth Century verse. Two thirds of these poets died
violent deaths, almost all at the hands of an executioner. With the possibility
of death ever present it seems to have been regarded then with something less
than the dread it evokes today. Perhaps this is what happened with More. After
a lifetime of good fortune, considerable luxury and achievement, the wheel of
fortune had turned, and More accepted his fate with good grace in the hope of
an even better life in the hereafter.
Which of the following was More not expert in?
l) literature 2) religion
3) philosophy
4) law
Henry VIII
executed More because 1) Henry VIII wanted a son.
2)
More believed in Protestantism.
3)
More was Chancellor.
4)
More refused to take an oath.
Henry VIII broke from Rome because
l) He believed Protestantism was the true faith.
2)
Rome refused him a divorce.
3)
He wanted to ensure the succession. 4) He wanted to marry Ann
Boleyn.
Traditional Catholic writers proclaimed More as a martyr
because
l) wanted to be executed.
2)
he did not refuse his religious belief.
3)
he tried not to make his belief a political issue. 4) he did not
support Protestantism in England.
The writer disbelieves traditional views of More’s death
because
l) More committed suicide.
2) More
didn’t follow Catholic teaching in refusing the oath.
3) Theories
of depression are more persuasive.
4) Little
is really understood of the time More lived in.
More’s death is a mystery because 1)
he chose to be executed.
2) he
left no written explanation.
3) the
facts of his death are not known.
4) it
is bound up in religious controversy.
According to the writer, the life of an intellectual 500
years ago could be dangerous
1) Because
the standard of living was cheap.
2) Because
they held high political office.
3) If
they held dissident views,
4) If
they suffered from depression.
OTBETb1
3anaHHe Ha YCTaHOBJ1eHwe COOTBeTCTBHS1 B2
|
Task 1. |
8362571 |
|
Task 2. |
5631287 |
|
Task 3. |
6413852 |
|
Task 4. |
8765241 |
|
Task 5. |
3614728 |
|
Task 6. |
5627348 |
|
Task 7. |
4612853 |
|
Task 8. |
3851274 |
|
Task 9. |
1875236 |
|
Task 10. |
4271638 |
|
Task 11. |
7532648 |
|
Task 12. |
4187526 |
3anaHHfl Ha 110HHMaHue CTPYKTYPHO-CMb1CJIOBb1X CBfl3eÜ B TeKCTe B3
|
Task 1. |
362417 |
|
Task 2. |
325714 |
|
Task 3. |
735124 |
|
Task 4. |
247135 |
|
Task 5. |
421735 |
|
Task 6. |
376512 |
|
Task 7. |
436172 |
|
Task 8. |
751624 |
|
Task 9. |
247315 |
|
Task 10. |
251637 |
|
Task 11. |
471625 |
|
Task 12. |
751624 |
3aAaHHfl Ha no.rmoe H TOU-1HOe 1101—1HMaHHe
HHÞPMaUHH B TeKcrre A15-A21
Task 1. A15-2, A16-4, 1, A20-2,A21 —
1
Task 2. A15-2, 3, -3,
A18 -4, A19 -2, MO -3, A21 -2
|
Task 3. Task 4. Task 5. |
A15-2, A 16 —3, A17 -2, — A15-3, A 17 —2, — 1, A19 |
Task 6. A15-2, 16 —3, -2, -3,
A19- 1, A20 -3, A21 -2
Task 7. A15-2,A
16 —A20 —3,A21 -2
Task 8.
— 1, A16 -2, -2, A18
-4, A19- l, A20 — 2, A21 -3
|
Task 9. Task 10. Task 11. Task 12. |
A |
— 1, 3,СОДЕРЖАНИЕ
ВВЕДЕНИЕ
РАЗДЕЛ «ЧТЕНИЕ»
ЗАДАНИЯ НА ПОЛНОЕ И ТОЧНОЕ ПОНИМАНИЕ
ИНФОРМАЦИИ В ТЕКСТЕ Al 5-A21 ..38
ОТВЕТЫ
Отпечатано с
готовых диапозитивов в филиале ГУП МО «КТ» «Воскресенская типография» 140200,
г.
Воскресенск Московской области, ул. Вокзальная, д. 30 E-mail:
vosprint@mail.ru тел.: 8 (49644) 2-45-42
Task 1 Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифру, обозначающую соответствующую часть предложения, в таблицу.
Fire Crews Hunt Escaped Hamster
Eight firefighters have been called in to help find an escaped hamster. Two crews used a chocolate-covered camera and a vacuum cleaner A ____ , called Fudgie, at the home of a six-year-old girl in Dunbar, Scotland.
The girl’s mother said: ‘We came down for breakfast and discovered Fudgie had opened the top lid of her cage and had made her way into the kitchen and we think she has gone В ____ .’
The fire crews spent five hours trying to recover the pet after it ran down a hole in the kitchen floor. But, the hamster still refused С ____ .
In the search for Fudgie, the firefighters took the family cooker and gas pipes apart. They also dropped a mini-camera coated with chocolate under the floorboards. They then hoped to take out the hamster using a vacuum cleaner. Despite all their efforts, they failed to find Fudgie.
In the end, the firefighters put another camera down the hole D ____ , connected to the screen of the family home computer, to see if Fudgie appeared. Besides, the girl and her parents regularly dropped food E ____ .
At last, after eight days the hamster returned to her cage safe and sound. She crawled from the hole in the kitchen floor early in the morning. It was the girl’s father who first found Fudgie F ____ .
The girl said that day it was like Christmas morning for her. Her parents added that they too felt extremely happy when Fudgie had finally returned.
-
through a small hole in the floor
-
through the hole for the hamster
-
and locked the runaway hamster
-
to come out of the hole
-
to look after the pet
-
to try and locate the missing hamster
-
and left it under the floorboards
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
1 |
4 |
7 |
2 |
3 |
Task 2
Speed of eating is ‘key to obesity’
If you eat very quickly, it may be enough to increase your risk of being overweight, research suggests.
Osaka University scientists looked at the eating habits of 3,000 people. Just about half of them told researchers that they A ______ . Compared with those who did not eat quickly, fast-eating men were 84% more likely to be overweight, and women were 100% more likely to В ______ .
Japanese scientists said that there were a number of reasons why eating fast С ______ . They said it could prevent the work of a signalling system which tells your brain to stop eating because your stomach is full. They said: ‘If you eat quickly you basically fill your stomach before the system has a chance to react, so you D _____ .
The researchers also explained that a mechanism that helps make us fat today, developed with evolution and helped people get more food in the periods when they were short of it. The scientists added that the habit of eating fast could be received from one’s parents genes or E ______ .
They said that, if possible, children should be taught to F ______ , and allowed to stop when they felt full up at mealtimes. ‘The advice of our grandmothers about chewing everything 20 times might be true — if you take a bit more time eating, it could have a positive influence on your weight.
-
just overfill your stomach
-
could be bad for your weight
-
have a habit of eating quickly
-
linked to obesity
-
eat as slowly as possible
-
put on weight
-
learned at a very early age
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
6 |
2 |
1 |
7 |
5 |
Task 3
Hi-Tech Brings Families Together
Technology is helping families stay in touch like never before, says a report carried out in the US.
Instead of driving people apart, mobile phones and the Internet are A ____ . The research looked at the differences in technology use between families with children and single adults. It found that traditional families have more hi-tech gadgets in their home В ____ . Several mobile phones were found in 89% of families and 66% had a high-speed Internet connection. The research also found that 58% of families have more С ____ .
Many people use their mobile phone to keep in touch and communicate with parents and children. Seventy percent of couples, D ____ , use it every day to chat or say hello. In addition, it was found that 42% of parents contact their children via their mobile every day.
The growing use of mobile phones, computers and the Internet means that families no longer gather round the TV to spend time together. 25% of those who took part in the report said they now spend less time E ____ . Only 58% of 18—29 year olds said they watched TV every day. Instead the research found that 52% of Internet users who live with their families go online F ____ several times a week and 51% of parents browse the web with their children.
Some analysts have worried that new technologies hurt families, but we see that technology allows for new kinds of connectedness built around cell phones and the Internet/ said the report.
-
than any other group
-
watching television
-
in the company of someone else
-
than two computers in the home
-
communicated with their families
-
helping them communicate
-
owning a mobile
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
1 |
4 |
7 |
2 |
3 |
Task 4
The Power of ‘Hello’
I work at a company where there are hundreds of employees. I know most of them and almost all of them know me. It is all based on one simple principle: I believe every single person deserves to be acknowledged, A ______ .
When I was about 10 years old, I was walking down the street with my mother. She stopped to speak to Mr. Lee. I knew I could see Mr. Lee any time around the neighborhood, В ______ .
After we passed Mr. Lee, my mother said something that has stuck with me from that day until now. She said, ‘You let that be the last time you ever walk by somebody and not open up your mouth to speak, because even a dog can wag its tail С______ . That phrase sounds simple, but it has been a guidepost for me and the foundation of who I am. I started to see that when I spoke to someone, they spoke back. And that felt good. It is not just something I believe in — D ______ . I believe that every person deserves to feel someone acknowledges their presence, no matter how unimportant they may be.
At work, I always used to say ‘hello’ to the founder of the company and ask him how our business was doing. But I was also speaking to the people in the cafe, and asked how their children were doing. I remembered after a few years of passing by the founder, I had the courage to ask him for a meeting. We had a great talk.
At a certain point, I asked him E ______ . He said, ‘If you want to, you can get all the way to this seat.’ I have become vice president, but that has not changed the way I approach people. I speak to everyone I see, no matter where I am. I have learned that speaking to people creates a pathway into their world, F ______ .
-
it has become a way of life.
-
when it passes you on the street.
-
when you see him and talk to him.
-
and it lets them come into mine, too.
-
so I did not pay any attention to him.
-
however small or simple the greeting is.
-
how far he thought I could go in his company.
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
5 |
2 |
1 |
7 |
4 |
Task 5
Friendship and Love
A strong friendship takes a significant amount of time to develop. It will not just magically mature overnight. A friendship involves committing oneself to help another person A ______ . I believe that, nothing can replace a true friend, not material objects, or money, and definitely not a boy.
I met this guy a couple summers ago who I ended up spending almost all of my free time with. His parents did not approve of our dating because of our age difference, В ______ . He had told me the day we met that he had joined the air force and would leave for overseas that coming October. After three months had past, the time came when he had to leave. This left me feeling completely alone.
I turned to my friends for support, but to my surprise, С ______ . I had spent so much time with this guy and so little time with them, that they did not feel sorry for me when he left. For so long they had become the only constant in my life, and I had taken them for granted over something D ______ .
When my boyfriend came back, our relationship changed. I tried to fix all the aspects in my life that had gone so wrong in the previous six months.
This experience taught me that true friendships will only survive if one puts forth effort to make them last. Keeping friends close will guarantee that E ______ . When a relationship falls apart, a friend will always do everything in their power to make everything less painful. As for me, I try to keep my friends as close as I can. I know they will always support me in whatever I do, and to them, I F ______ .
-
but we did anyway.
-
whenever a need arises.
-
they did not really care.
-
whenever they need your help.
-
could not guarantee would even last.
-
am eternally grateful for a second chance.
-
someone will always have a shoulder to cry on.
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
1 |
3 |
5 |
7 |
6 |
Task 6
Mobile phones
On New Year’s Day, 1985, Michael Harrison phoned his father, Sir Ernest, to wish him a happy new year. Sir Ernest was chairman of Racal Electronics, the owner of Vodafone, A ______ .
At the time, mobile phones weighed almost a kilogram, cost several thousand pounds and provided only 20 minutes talktime. The networks themselves were small; Vodafone had just a dozen masts covering London. Nobody had any idea of the huge potential of wireless communication and the dramatic impact В ______ .
Hardly anyone believed there would come a day when mobile phones were so popular С ______ .But in 1999 one mobile phone was sold in the UK every four seconds, and by 2004 there were more mobile phones in the UK than people. The boom was a result of increased competition which pushed prices lower and created innovations in the way that mobiles were sold.
When the government introduced more competition, companies started cutting prices to attract more customers. Cellnet, for example, changed its prices, D ______ . It also introduced local call tariffs.
The way that handsets themselves were marketed was also changing and it was Finland’s Nokia who made E ______ . In the late 1990s Nokia realized that the mobile phone was a fashion item: so it offered interchangeable covers which allowed you to customize and personalize your handset.
The mobile phone industry has spent the later part of the past decade reducing its monthly charge F ______ , which has culminated in the fight between the iPhone and a succession of touch screen rivals.
-
trying to persuade people to do more with their phones than just call and text
-
that there would be more phones in the UK than there are people
-
and relying instead on actual call charges
-
that mobile phones would have over the next quarter century
-
the leap from phones as technology to phones as fashion items
-
and his son was making the first-ever mobile phone call in the UK
-
the move to digital technology, connecting machines to wireless networks
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
4 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
3 |
Task 7
London Zoo
London Zoo is one of the most important zoos in the world. There are over 12,000 animals at London Zoo and A ______ ! Its main concern is to breed threatened animals in captivity. This means we might be able to restock the wild, should disaster ever befall the wild population.
Partula Snail, Red Crowned Crane, Arabian Oryx, Golden Lion Tamarin, Persian Leopard, Asiatic Lion and Sumatran Tiger are just some of the species London Zoo is helping to save.
That is why it is so important that we fight to preserve the habitats that these animals live in, as well as eliminate other dangers В ______ . But we aim to make your day at London Zoo a fun and memorable time, С ______ .
In the Ambika Paul Children’s Zoo, for instance, youngsters can learn a new love and appreciation for animals D ______ . They can also learn how to care for favourite pets in the Pet Care Centre.
Then there are numerous special Highlight events E ______ unforgettable pony rides to feeding times and spectacular animal displays. You will get to meet keepers and ask them what you are interested in about the animals they care for, F ______ .
Whatever you decide, you will have a great day. We have left no stone unturned to make sure you do!
-
such as hunting exotic animals and selling furs
-
as well as the ins and outs of being a keeper at London Zoo
-
which take place every day, from
-
because they see and touch them close up
-
despite the serious side to our work
-
which demand much time and effort
-
that is not counting every ant in the colony
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
Task 8
‘Second Stonehenge’ discovered near original
Archaeologists have discovered evidence of what they believe was a second Stonehenge located a little more than a mile away from the world-famous prehistoric monument.
The new find on the west bank of the river Avon has been called «Bluestonehenge», after the colour of the 25 Welsh stones of A______.
Excavations at the site have suggested there was once a stone circle 10 metres in diameter and surrounded by a henge — a ditch with an external bank, according to the project director, Professor Mike Parker Pearson, of the University of Sheffield.
The stones at the site were removed thousands of years ago but the sizes of the holes in B ______ indicate that this was a circle of bluestones, brought from the Preseli mountains of Wales, 150 miles away.
The standing stones marked the end of the avenue C _____, a 1¾-mile long processional route constructed at the end of the Stone Age. The outer henge around the stones was built about 2400BC but arrowheads found in the stone circle indicate the stones were put up as much as 500 years earlier.
Parker Pearson said his team was waiting for results of radiocarbon dating D _____ whether stones currently in the inner circle of Stonehenge were originally located at the other riverside construction.
Pearson said: «The big, big question is when these stones were erected and when they were removed — and when we get the dating evidence we can answer both those questions.»
He added: «We speculated in the past E ______ at the end of the avenue near the river. But we were completely unprepared to discover that there was an entire stone circle. Another team member, Professor Julian Thomas, said the discovery indicated F______was central to the religious lives of the people who built Stonehenge. «Old theories about Stonehenge that do not explain the evident significance of the river will have to be rethought,» he said. Dr Josh Pollard, project co-director from the University of Bristol, described the discovery as «incredible».
-
which could reveal
-
which they stood
-
which it was once made up
-
that this stretch of the river Avon
-
that there might have been something
-
that it should be considered as integral part
-
that leads from the river Avon to Stonehenge
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
2 |
7 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
Task 9
Australia
Australia was the last great landmass to be discovered by the Europeans. The continent they eventually discovered had already been inhabited for tens of thousands of years.
Australia is an island continent A _____ is the result of gradual changes wrought over millions of years.
B ____, Australia is one of the most stable land masses, and for about 100 million years has been free of the forces that have given rise to huge mountain ranges elsewhere.
From the east coast a narrow, fertile strip merges into the greatly eroded Great Dividing Range, C ____.
The mountains are merely reminders of the mighty range, D ____. Only in the section straddling the New South Wales border with Victoria and in Tasmania, are they high enough to have winter snow.
West of the range of the country becomes increasingly flat and dry. The endless flatness is broken only by salt lakes, occasional mysterious protuberances and some mountains E ____. In places the scant vegetation is sufficient to allow some grazing. However, much of the Australian outback is a barren land of harsh stone deserts and dry lakes.
The extreme north of Australia, the Top End, is a tropical area within the monsoon belt. F ____, it comes in more or less one short, sharp burst. This has prevented the Top End from becoming seriously productive area.
-
that once stood here
-
that is almost continent long
-
whose property is situated to the north of Tasmania
-
whose landscape — much of bleak and inhospitable
-
whose beauty reminds of the MacDonald Ranges
-
Although its annual rainfall looks adequate on paper
-
Although there is still seismic activity in the eastern highland area
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
7 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
6 |
Task 10
Scotland Yard
Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police in London. To most people, its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective — cool, efficient, ready to track down any criminal, or a helmeted police constable — A____ and trusty helper of every traveller from overseas.
Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to the Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben, and its jurisdiction extends over 740 square miles with the exception of the ancient City of London, B____.
One of the most successful developments in Scotland Yard’s crime detection and emergency service has been the “999 system”. On receipt of a call the 999 Room operator ascertains by electronic device the position of the nearest available police car, C ____. Almost instantly a message is also sent by teleprinter to the police station concerned so that within seconds of a call for assistance being received, a police car is on its way to the scene. An old-established section of the Metropolitan police is the Mounted Branch, with its strength of about 200 horses stabled at strategic points. These horses are particularly suited to ceremonial occasions, D ____.
An interesting branch of Scotland Yard is the branch of Police Dogs, first used as an experiment in 1939. Now these dogs are an important part of the Force. One dog, for example, can search a warehouse in ten minutes, E ____.
There is also the River Police, or Thames Division, which deals with all crimes occurring within its river boundaries.
There are two other departments of Scotland Yard – the Witness Room (known as the Rogues’ Gallery) where a photographic record of known and suspected criminals is kept, and the Museum, F ____.
-
which is contacted by radio
-
that familiar figure of the London scene
-
for they are accustomed to military bands
-
which possesses its own separate police force
-
which contains murder relics and forgery exhibits
-
that this policeman will bring the criminal to justice
-
whereas the same search would take six men an hour
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
4 |
1 |
3 |
7 |
5 |
Task 11
Harry Potter course for university students
Students of Durham University are being given the chance to sign up to what is thought to be the UK’s first course focusing on the world of Harry Potter. Although every English-speaking person in the world knows about Harry Potter books and films, few have thought of using them as a guide to … modern life.
The Durham University module uses the works of JK Rowling A ______ modern society. “Harry Potter and the Age of Illusion” will be available for study next year. So far about 80 undergraduates have signed В ______ a BA degree in Education Studies. Future educationalists will analyse JK Rowling’s fanfiction from various points of view.
A university spokesman said: “This module places the Harry Potter novels in a wider social and cultural context.” He added that a number of themes would be explored, С ______ the classroom, bullying, friendship and solidarity and the ideals of and good citizenship.
The module was created by the head of the Department of Education at Durham University. He said the idea for the new module had appeared in response D ______ body: “It seeks to place the series in its wider social and cultural context and will explore some fundamental issues E ______ . You just need to read the academic writing which started F ______ that Harry Potter is worthy of serious study.”
-
up for the optional module, part of
-
to emerge four or five years ago to see
-
to examine prejudice, citizenship and bullying in
-
such as the response of the writer
-
including the world of rituals, prejudice and intolerance in
-
to growing demand from the student
-
such as the moral universe of the school
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
1 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
2 |
Task 12
Laughing and evolution
The first hoots of laughter from an ancient ancestor of humans could be heard at least 10 million years ago, according to the results of a new study. Researchers used recordings of apes and babies being tickled A ______ to the last common ancestor that humans shared with the modern great apes, which include chimpanzees, gorillas and orangutans.
The finding challenges the opinion В ______ , suggesting instead that it emerged long before humans split from the evolutionary path that led to our primate cousins, between 10m and 16m years ago.
“In humans, laughing can be the strongest way of expressing how much we are enjoying ourselves, but it can also be used in other contexts, like making fun of someone,” said Marina Davila Ross, a psychologist at Portsmouth University. “I was interested in С ______ .”
Davila Ross travelled to seven zoos around Europe and visited a wildlife reserve in Sabah, Borneo, to record baby and juvenile apes D ______ . Great apes are known to make noises that are similar to laughter when they are excited and while they are playing with each other.
Davila Ross collected recordings of laughter from 21 chimps, gorillas, orangutans and bonobos and added recordings of three babies that were tickled to make them laugh.
To analyze the recordings, the team put them into a computer program. “Our evolutionary tree based on these acoustic recordings alone showed E ______ , but furthest from orangutans, with gorillas somewhere in the middle.” said Davila Ross. “What this shows is strong evidence to suggest F ______ .”
-
whether laughing emerged earlier on than humans did
-
to create the evolutionary tree linking humans and apes
-
that laughter is a uniquely human trait
-
that humans were closest to chimps and bonobos
-
that laughing comes from a common primate ancestor
-
while their caretakers tickled them
-
to trace the origin of laughter back
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
3 |
1 |
6 |
4 |
5 |
Task 13
Nenets culture affected by global warming
For 1,000 years the indigenous Nenets people have migrated along the 450-mile- long Yamal peninsula in northern Russia. In summer they wander northwards, taking their reindeer with them. In winter they return southwards.
But this remote region of north-west Siberia is now being affected by global warming. Traditionally the Nenets travel across the frozen River Ob in November A ___ around Nadym. These days, though, this annual winter migration is delayed. Last year the Nenets, together with many thousands of reindeer, had to wait until late December В ____ .
“Our reindeer were hungry. There wasn’t enough food,” Jakov Japtik, a Nenets reindeer herder, said. “The snow is melting sooner, quicker and faster than before. In spring it’s difficult for the reindeer to pull the sledges. They get tired,” Japtik said.
Herders say that the peninsula’s weather is increasingly unpredictable — with unseasonal snowstorms С ___, and milder longer autumns. In winter, temperatures used to go down to -50°C. Now they are normally around -30°C, according to Japtik. “Obviously we prefer -30°C. But the changes aren’t good for the reindeer D ___,” he said, setting off on his sledge to round up his reindeer herd.
Even here, in one of the most remote parts of the planet, E __ . Last year the Nenets arrived at a regular summer camping spot and discovered that half of their lake had disappeared. The water had drained away after a landslide. The Nenets report other curious changes — there are fewer mosquitoes and a strange increase in flies. Scientists say there is unmistakable evidence F ___ .
-
when the ice was finally thick enough to cross
-
that the impact on Russia would be disastrous
-
the environment is under pressure
-
and in the end what is good for the reindeer is good for us
-
and set up their camps in the southern forests
-
that Yamal’s ancient permafrost is melting
-
when the reindeer give birth in May
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
1 |
7 |
4 |
3 |
6 |
Task 14
Duration of life and its social implications
The world’s population is about to reach a landmark of huge social and economic importance, when the proportion of the global population over 65 outnumbers children under 5 for the first time. A new report by the US census bureau shows A____ , with enormous consequences for both rich and poor nations.
The rate of growth will shoot up in the next couple of years. The В ___ a combination of the high birth rates after the Second World War and more recent improvements in health that are bringing down death rates at older ages. Separate UN forecasts predict that the global population will be more than nine billion by 2050.
The US census bureau was the first to sound the С ___ . Its latest forecasts warn governments and international bodies that this change in population structure will bring widespread challenges at every level of human organization, starting with the structure of the family, which will be transformed as people live longer. This will in turn place new burdens on careers and social services providers, D ___ for health services and pensions systems.
“People are living longer and, in some parts of the world, healthier lives,” the authors conclude. “This represents one of the greatest achievements of the last century but also a significant challenge E ___ population.”
Ageing will put pressure on societies at all levels. One way of measuring that is to look at the older dependency ratio, F ___ that must be supported by them. The ODR is the number of people aged 65 and over for every 100 people aged 20 to 64. It varies widely, from just six in Kenya to 33 in Italy and Japan. The UK has an ODR of 26, and the US has 21.
-
which recently replaced Italy as the world’s oldest major country
-
alarm about these changes
-
a huge shift towards an ageing population
-
change is due to
-
while patterns of work and retirement will have huge implications
-
which shows the balance between working-age people and the older
-
as proportions of older people increase in most countries
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
4 |
2 |
5 |
7 |
6 |
Task 15
Elephants sense ‘danger’ clothes
St Andrews University researchers discovered that elephants could recognise the degree of danger posed by various groups of individuals. The study found that African elephants always reacted with fear A ______ previously worn by men of the Maasai tribe. They are known to demonstrate their courage by В ______ .
The elephants also responded aggressively to red clothing, which defines traditional Maasai dress.
However, the elephants showed a much milder reaction to clothing previously worn by the Kamba people, С ______ and pose little threat.
The researchers first presented elephants with clean, red clothing and with red clothing that had been worn for five days by D ______ .
They revealed that Maasai-smelt clothing motivated elephants to travel significantly faster in the first minute after they moved away.
They then investigated whether elephants could also use the colour of clothing as a cue to classify a potential threat and found the elephants reacted with aggression E ______ . This suggested that they associated the colour red with the Maasai.
The researchers believe the distinction in the elephants’ emotional reaction to smell and colour might be explained by F ______ . They might be able to distinguish among different human groups according to the level of risk they posed.
«We regard this experiment as just a start to investigating precisely how elephants ‘see the world’, and it may be that their abilities will turn out to equal or exceed those of our closer relatives, the monkeys and apes,» researchers added.
-
either a Maasai or a Kamba man
-
who do not hunt elephants
-
when they detected the smell of clothes
-
who carried out the research
-
the amount of risk they sense
-
spearing elephants
-
when they spotted red but not white cloth
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
6 |
2 |
1 |
7 |
5 |
Task 16
Culture and customs
In less than twenty years, the mobile telephone has gone from being rare, expensive equipment of the business elite to a pervasive, low-cost personal item. In many countries, mobile telephones A ___ ; in the U.S., 50 per cent of children have mobile telephones. In many young adults’ households it has supplanted the land-line telephone. The mobile phone is В ___ , such as North Korea.
Paul Levinson in his 2004 book Cellphone argues that by looking back through history we can find many precursors to the idea of people simultaneously walking and talking on a mobile phone. Mobile phones are the next extension in portable media, that now can be С ___ into one device. Levinson highlights that as the only mammal to use only two out of our four limbs to walk, we are left two hands free D ___ — like talking on a mobile phone.
Levinson writes that “Intelligence and inventiveness, applied to our need to communicate regardless of where we may be, led logically and eventually to telephones that we E ___ .”
Given the high levels of societal mobile telephone service penetration, it is a key means for people F ___ . The SMS feature spawned the «texting» sub-culture. In December 1993, the first person-to-person SMS text message was transmitted in Finland. Currently, texting is the most widely-used data service; 1.8 billion users generated $80 billion of revenue in 2006.
-
to perform other actions
-
outnumber traditional telephones
-
to communicate with each other
-
combined with the Internet
-
to serve basic needs
-
banned in some countries
-
carry in our pockets
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
6 |
4 |
1 |
7 |
5 |
Task 17
My Stage
My family moved to Rockaway, New Jersey in the summer of 1978. It was there that my dreams of stardom began.
I was nine years old. Heather Lambrix lived next door, and she and I became best friends. I thought she was so lucky A ___ . She took tap and jazz and got to wear cool costumes with bright sequences and makeup and perform on stage. I went to all of her recitals and В ___ .
My living room and sometimes the garage were my stage. I belonged to a cast of four, which consisted of Heather, my two younger sisters, Lisa and Faith, and I. Since I was the oldest and the bossiest, I was the director. Heather came with her own costumes С ___ . We choreographed most of our dance numbers as we went along. Poor Faith … we would throw her around D ___ . She was only about four or five … and so agile. We danced around in our bathing suits to audiocassettes and records from all the Broadway musicals. We’d put a small piece of plywood on the living room carpet, E ___ . And I would imitate her in my sneakers on the linoleum in the hall. I was a dancer in the making.
My dad eventually converted a part of our basement into a small theater. He hung two “spotlights” and a sheet for a curtain. We performed dance numbers to tunes like “One” and “The Music and the Mirror” from A Chorus Line. I sang all the songs from Annie. I loved to sing, F ___. I just loved to sing. So I belted out songs like “Tomorrow”, “Maybe” and “What I Did For Love.” I knew then, this is what I wanted to do with my life.
-
like she was a rag doll
-
whether I was good at it or not
-
wished I, too, could be on stage
-
and I designed the rest
-
and I was star struck
-
so Heather could do her tap routine
-
because she got to go to dance lessons
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
3 |
4 |
1 |
6 |
2 |
Task 18
Cat’s punctuality
Sergeant Podge, a Norwegian Forest Cat, disappears from his owner’s home in a small town in Kent, every night. But what baffles his owner, Liz Bullard, mostly is the fact that the next morning, the 12-year-old cat always pops up in exactly the same place, A ___ . And every morning Ms. Bullard takes her son to school before collecting Sergeant Podge.
She said that the routine had set in earlier this year, when Sergeant Podge disappeared one day. Ms. Bullard spent hours telephoning her neighbours В ___ .
An elderly woman living about one and a half miles away called back to inform Ms. Bullard that she had found a cat matching Sergeant Podge’s description. Ms. Bullard picked him up but within days he vanished from sight again. She rang the elderly woman С ___ .
She said a routine has now become established, where each morning she takes her son to school before driving to collect Sergeant Podge D ___ .
It is thought Sergeant Podge walks across a golf course every night to reach his destination.
Ms. Bullard said: “If it’s raining he may be in the bush but he comes running if I clap my hands.” All she has to do is open the car passenger door from the inside for Sergeant Podge to jump in.
Ms. Bullard also makes the trip at weekends and during school holidays — E ___ .
She does not know why, after 12 years, Sergeant Podge has begun the routine but explained that another woman who lived nearby used to feed him sardines, and that he may be F ___ .
His owner doesn’t mind his wandering off at night as long as she knows where to collect him.
-
on the look-out for more treats
-
from the pavement between 0800 and 0815 GMT
-
to discover Sergeant Podge was back outside her home
-
on a pavement about one and a half miles (2.4km) away
-
to identify if anyone had bumped into him
-
when her son is having a lie-in
-
collected by car every morning
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
5 |
3 |
2 |
6 |
1 |
Task 19
Do you speak English?
When I arrived in England I thought I knew English. After I’d been here an hour I realized that I did not understand one word. In the first week I picked up a tolerable working knowledge of the language and the next seven years convinced me gradually but thoroughly that I A ______ , let alone perfectly. This is sad. My only consolation being that nobody speaks English perfectly.
Remember that those five hundred words an average Englishman uses are B ______ . You may learn another five hundred and another five thousand and yet another fifty thousand and still you may come across a further fifty thousand C ______ .
If you live here long enough you will find out to your greatest amazement that the adjective nice is not the only adjective the language possesses, in spite of the fact that D ______ . You can say that the weather is nice, a restaurant is nice, Mr. Soandso is nice, Mrs. Soandso’s clothes are nice, you had a nice time, E ______ .
Then you have to decide on your accent. The easiest way to give the impression of having a good accent or no foreign accent at all is to hold an unlit pipe in your mouth, to mutter between your teeth and finish all your sentences with the question: “isn’t it?” People will not understand much, but they are accustomed to that and they will get a F ______ .
-
whatever it costs
-
most excellent impression
-
you have never heard of before, and nobody else either
-
in the first three years you do not need to learn or use any other adjectives
-
would never know it really well
-
far from being the whole vocabulary of the language
-
and all this
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
6 |
3 |
4 |
7 |
2 |
Task 20
Before the Hubble Space Telescope was launched, scientists thought they knew the universe. They were wrong.
The Hubble Space Telescope has changed many scientists’ view of the universe. The telescope is named after American astronomer Edwin Hubble, A ______ .
He established that many galaxies exist and developed the first system for their classifications.
In many ways, Hubble is like any other telescope. It simply gathers light. It is roughly the size of a large school bus. What makes Hubble special is not what it is, B ______ .
Hubble was launched in 1990 from the “Discovery” space shuttle and it is about 350 miles above our planet, C ______ .
It is far from the glare of city lights, it doesn’t have to look through the air, D ______ .
And what a view it is! Hubble is so powerful it could spot a fly on the moon. Yet in an average orbit, it uses the same amount of energy as 28100-watt light bulbs. Hubble pictures require no film. The telescope takes digital images E ______ .
Hubble has snapped photos of storms on Saturn and exploding stars. Hubble doesn’t just focus on our solar system. It also peers into our galaxy and beyond. Many Hubble photos show the stars that make up the Milky Way galaxy. A galaxy is a city of stars.
Hubble cannot take pictures of the sun or other very bright objects, because doing so could “fry” the telescope’s instruments, but it can detect infrared and ultra violet light F ______ .
Some of the sights of our solar system that Hubble has glimpsed may even change the number of planets in it.
-
which is above Earth’s atmosphere.
-
which are transmitted to scientists on Earth.
-
which is invisible to the human eye.
-
who calculated the speed at which galaxies move.
-
so it has a clear view of space.
-
because many stars are in clouds of gas.
-
but where it is.
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
7 |
1 |
5 |
2 |
3 |
Task 21
The science of sound, or acoustics, as it is often called, has been made over radically within a comparatively short space of time. Not so long ago the lectures on sound in colleges and high schools dealt chiefly with the vibrations of such things as the air columns in organ pipes. Nowadays, however, thanks chiefly to a number of electronic instruments engineers can study sounds as effectively A ____ . The result has been a new approach to research in sound. Scientists have been able to make far-reaching discoveries in many fields of acoustics B _____ .
Foremost among the instruments that have revolutionized the study of acoustics are electronic sound-level meters also known as sound meters and sound-intensity meters. These are effective devices that first convert sound waves into weak electric signals, then amplify the signals through electronic means C ______ . The intensity of a sound is measured in units called decibels. “Zero” sound is the faintest sound D ______ . The decibel measures the ratio of the intensity of a given sound to the standard “zero” sound. The decibel scale ranges from 0 to 130. An intensity of 130 decibels is perceived not only as a sound, but also E ______ . The normal range of painlessly audible sounds for the average human ear is about 120 decibels. For forms of life other than ourselves, the range can be quite different.
The ordinary sound meter measures the intensity of a given sound, rather than its actual loudness. Under most conditions, however, it is a quite good indicator of loudness. Probably the loudest known noise ever heard by human ears was that of the explosive eruption in August, 1883, of the volcano of Krakatoa in the East Indies. No electronic sound meters, of course, were in existence then, but physicists estimate that the sound at its source must have had an intensity of 190 decibels, F ______ .
-
and finally measure them.
-
since it was heard 3,000 miles away.
-
and they have been able to put many of these discoveries to practical use.
-
that loud sound is of high intensity.
-
as they study mechanical forces.
-
as a painful sensation in the ear.
-
that the unaided human ear can detect.
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
3 |
1 |
7 |
6 |
2 |
Task 22
Chocolate
Chocolate is made from a number of raw and processed foods produced from the seeds of tropical cacao trees. Cacao has been cultivated in A ______ at least 3000 years. For most of this time it was made into a drink called, in translation — “bitter water”. This is because В ______ to be fermented to develop a palatable flavour. After fermentation the beans are dried and roasted and the shell is removed to produce cacao nibs. These are then ground and liquefied into chocolate liquor. The liquor is then processed into cocoa solids or cocoa butter. Pure chocolate contains primarily cocoa solids and butter in different proportions. Much of С ______ with added sugar. Milk chocolate is sweetened chocolate that additionally contains either milk powder or condensed milk. White chocolate on the other D ______ is therefore not a true chocolate. Chocolate contains theobromine and phenethylamine which have physiological effects on the body. It is similar to serotonin levels in the brain. Scientists claim E ______ , can lower blood pressure. Recently, dark chocolate has also been promoted for its health benefits. But pet owners should remember that the presence of theobromine makes it toxic to cats and dogs. Chocolate is now one F______ , although 16 of the top 20 chocolate consuming countries are in Europe. Also interesting is that 66% of world chocolate is consumed between meals.
-
the chocolate consumed today is made
-
that chocolate, eaten in moderation
-
central and southern America for
-
of the world’s most popular flavours
-
hand contains no cocoa solids and
-
cacao seeds are intensely bitter and have
-
many countries worldwide at
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
6 |
1 |
5 |
2 |
4 |
Task 23
Reality TV
Reality TV seems to dominate broadcasting these days. But what is it, how did it emerge and why on earth is it so popular? The first question is easily answered. Reality TV A ______ presents unscripted, dramatic or humorous situations or events. It can involve celebrities В ______ of the public. Reality TV has been gradually growing in importance for over 60 years. “Candid Camera” — the show that filmed ordinary people reacting to set ups and pranks — started in 1948. Some people, however, believe it was the Japanese with their awful shows in the 1980s and 90s that brought reality TV to centre stage. Others believe С ______ that is called “Big Brother” was the show that spawned the reality TV age. But why are the shows so popular? Different theories come to life. Some believe that it is D ______ we like to watch horrible behaviour: the same instinct that once inspired the ancient Romans to go and watch gladiators destroy each other at the Coliseum. Others suggest a kind of voyeurism is involved there — an unhealthy curiosity to spy on other people’s lives.
Whatever the real reason — the trend seems to have already peaked. A lot of such shows E ______ or are expected to go in the near future. And the replacement seems to be talents shows — watching competitions in dance, singing and general entertainment. Does it mean that people are changing? It is too early to say. Most agree that these F ______ .
-
due to basic human instinct that
-
is still early to judge
-
are simply the cycles of fashion
-
but more usually the stars are members
-
that the television phenomenon
-
is a type of programme that
-
seem to have disappeared
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
4 |
5 |
1 |
7 |
3 |
Task 24
Mikhail Lomonosov and Moscow State University
Mikhail Lomonosov was one of the intellectual titans of XVIII century. His interests ranged from history, rhetoric, art and poetry A ______ . Alexander Pushkin described him as В ______ , whose lifelong passion was learning.
Lomonosov’s activity is a manifestation of the enormous potential of the Russian scientific community. Peter I reformed Russia, which allowed the country to reach the standard of С ______ many spheres. Great importance was placed on education. St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, founded by Peter I, established a university and a grammar school to educate intellectuals and researchers the country needed; however, these educational establishments could not fulfill the task they took on. It was Michail Lomonosov D ______ of establishing a university in Moscow. An influential courtier and the E ______ Count Shuvalov supported Lomonosov’s plans for a new university and presented them to the Empress.
In 1755, on 25 January-St. Tatiana’s Day according to the Russian Orthodox Church calendar — Elizaveta signed the decree that a university should be founded in Moscow. The opening ceremony took place on 26 April, when Elizaveta’s coronation day was celebrated. Since 1755 25 January and 26 April F ______ Moscow University; the annual conference where students present the results of their research work is traditionally held in April.
-
who suggested in his letter to Count Shuvalov the idea
-
to mechanics, chemistry and mineralogy
-
a person of formidable willpower and keen scientific mind
-
favourite of Empress Elizaveta Petrovna, the patron of arts and science
-
the contemporary European powers in
-
are marked by special events and festivities at
-
famous among all educated people
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
3 |
5 |
1 |
4 |
6 |
Task 25
Window Shopping
The day would be spent with my best friends Kath and Kate. We are actually three Catherines (by birth spelt with a C), A______ we are all K’s: Kat (that’s me), Kath and Kate — the 3K Window Shopping gang!
Window shopping is simply wonderful. You can look at any outfit. You can try on В ______ not a single item on sale for which the price is a problem. You will try something on, ponder, pout, twirl, think hard, check yourself in the mirror one last time and finally reflect С ______ right for you! The highlight of this regular adventure however, is generally the 3K chocolate and ice cream break in the Shopping Centre’s top floor cafii Of course we do not believe that we are wasting anyone’s time. We do D ______ as well, but a reliable equation for us is — 3Ks + shopping mall = a good time.
But E ______ out to be especially memorable. One of the stores had a questionnaire lottery with the first prize being a voucher worth £200. We filled in the question forms while in the cafiiand returned to the store by their 2.00pm deadline. Kate won the first prize but we had decided in advance that if any of us won something, we would share equally: All for one К and one for all! At this point our morning of window shopping paid off. We completed F ______ slightly less than 10 minutes: three skirts, three hats and three belts and three very OK, K’s.
-
not like to spend our time
-
that it’s probably not quite
-
that particular day turned
-
our real shopping in
-
sometimes go shopping for real
-
anything you want and there is
-
but when we are together
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
6 |
2 |
5 |
3 |
4 |
Task 26
The Hotel
“Have you stayed with us before sir?” asked the receptionist. His accent sounded middle-European; Czech possibly or Polish. Actually I hadn’t stayed at this particular hotel before A ______ to many others from the same chain that I had stayed at. “No — first time” I replied with unnecessary brevity. The thing is I always feel В ______ rather than treated as an individual. Every word that I was about to hear, I had heard before — delivered no doubt from the depths of a tourism and hospitality course. “Welcome to Newcastle sir. Is this your first visit to our city? Can I trouble you to complete this form? Actually the first two lines and the signature at the bottom will do. Would you like С ______ , Sir? This will automatically unlock room facilities like mini-bar and telephone and any other extras you may require. Can I see your passport sir?” The questions and information D ______ responses were actually required and I handed over my passport, credit card and partly filled out form. I was tempted to write under name and address “Donald Duck, Duck Towers, Disney Street” — E ______ ever read the form again. But being a creature of habit I wrote my real name and address. While my card was being processed I looked across the reception area through the wall height windows to the beautiful River Tyne. A wave of nostalgia came over me. It was good to be back. I found myself thinking about her again and wondering F ______ a voice broke in: “It’s a plastic key card sir. You also need it to activate the lift and when you get to your room, plug it into the switch on the left as you open the door. It will automatically supply electricity to the room. Any help with your baggage? No? Then enjoy your stay”. The accomplished young Pole smiled as he delivered the final command and duly processed, I proceeded to the card activated lift.
-
me to take a print of your credit card
-
points poured out smoothly, no verbal
-
if I would even see her when
-
although it seemed virtually identical
-
so sure was I that nobody would
-
me to help you with your luggage
-
as if I am being processed like a product
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
7 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
3 |
5
Task 27
Lindsay Wildlife Museum
Lindsay Wildlife Museum is a unique natural history and environmental education centre where visitors can listen to the cry of a red-tailed hawk, go eye-to-eye with a grey fox and watch a bald eagle eat lunch. More than fifty species of native California animals are on exhibit here.
Thousands of school children learn about the natural environment in their classrooms A ____ of the museum. Nature- and science- oriented classes and trips are offered for adults and children. More than 600 volunteers help to feed and care for wild animals, В _____. Volunteers are active in the museum’s work, contributing С ____.
The museum was founded by a local businessman, Alexander Lindsay. Sandy, as friends knew him, started teaching neighborhood children about nature in the early 1950s. Initially housed in an elementary school, the museum began offering school-aged children summer classes, D ____.
After nearly a decade of the museum operation, it became apparent E ____. With a new 5,000 square-foot home, the museum could now develop and display a permanent collection of live, native wildlife and natural history objects. People came to the museum for help with wild animals F ___ urban growth. In response, a formal wildlife rehabilitation programme — the first of its kind in the United States of America — began in 1970.
-
that a permanent, year-round site was necessary
-
as well as field trips focused on the natural world
-
many hours of service to wildlife care and fundraising
-
that had been injured or orphaned because of intense
-
that needed public attention and a new building
-
as well as teach children and adults about nature
-
through education programmes and on-site tours
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
6 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
4 |
Task 28
America’s fun place on America’s main street
If any city were considered a part of every citizen in the United States, it would be Washington, DC. To many, the Old Post Office Pavilion serves A ____. If you are in the area, be a part of it all by visiting us — or В ____. Doing so will keep you aware of the latest musical events, great happenings and international dining, to say the least.
Originally built in 1899, the Old Post Office Pavilion embodied the modern spirit С ____. Today, our architecture and spirit of innovation continues to evolve and thrive. And, thanks to forward-thinking people, you can now stroll through the Old Post Office Pavilion and experience both D ____ with international food, eclectic shopping and musical events. All designed to entertain lunch, mid-day and after work audiences all week long.
A highlight of the Old Post Office Pavilion is its 315-foot Clock Tower. Offering a breath-taking view of the city, National Park Service Rangers give free Clock Tower tours every day! Individuals and large tour groups are all welcome. The Old Post Office Clock Tower also proudly houses the official United States Bells of Congress, a gift from England E ____. The Washington Ringing Society sounds the Bells of Congress every Thursday evening and on special occasions.
Visit the Old Post Office Pavilion, right on Pennsylvania Avenue between the White House and the Capitol. It is a great opportunity F ____, this is a landmark not to be missed no matter your age.
-
that are offered to the visitors
-
its glamorous past and fun-filled present
-
as a landmark reminder of wonderful experiences
-
by joining our e-community
-
that was sweeping the country
-
celebrating the end of the Revolutionary War
-
to learn more about American history
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
4 |
5 |
2 |
6 |
7 |
Task 29
Number of teenagers with Saturday job drops
The number of teenagers with Saturday jobs has dropped. Young people do not acquire any experience for their CVs — a crucial step towards getting full-time work. The proportion of teenagers combining part-time jobs with school or college has slumped from 40% in the 1990s to around 20% now, according to the UK Commission for Employment and Skills (UKCES), a government agency. Latest figures show that only A ____ in 1997.
The trend is not just recession-related, but the result of an increasing expectation В ____ well as a falling number of Saturday jobs, according to the report. Many of the jobs that young people do, such as bar work, are in long-term decline, and are forecast to decline further over the next decade.
«Recruiters place significant emphasis on experience С ____,» the report says. Word of mouth is the most common way to get a job, D _____ young people are unable to build up informal contacts, it adds.
Ms. Todd, a commissioner at the UKCES, said: «There’s more emphasis on doing well at school, young people are finding less time to do what they would have done a few years ago.» «I think it’s also the changing structure of the labour market. Retail is still a big employer, E ____. As a consequence, we need to think about how we get young people the work experience they need.»
A new initiative to send employees into state schools to talk about their careers was also launched recently. The scheme, Inspiring the Future, is meant to give state schoolchildren access to the kind of careers advice that private schools offer. The deputy prime minister said: «The power of making connections F ____ and can be life-changing.»
-
that it was researching the system of funding education after 16
-
260,000 teenagers have a Saturday job compared with 435,000
-
but young people are leaving education increasingly less experienced
-
that inspire young people is immeasurable
-
but an increasing shortage of work experience means
-
that young people should stay on at school, as
-
but a lot more of it is being done online
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
6 |
3 |
5 |
7 |
4 |
Task 30
Lots of fun in Cardiff
As you would expect of a capital city, Cardiff offers a huge choice of exciting sport and entertainment throughout the year.
Every March the city celebrates St. David, Wales’ patron saint, with parades and music. August sees the International Festival of Street Entertainment, with the heart of the city A ____. Family fun days in the parks and at the waterfront are part of this sensational summer scene. Brass and military bands are often to be seen on Cardiff s streets. Between May and October the world’s only seagoing paddle steamer cruises from Cardiff’s seaside resort.
In autumn the fun continues with Cardiff s Festival of the Arts В _____. Music is at the centre of the festival, with international stars С ____. Christmas in Cardiff is full of colour and festivities. The truly spectacular Christmas illuminations have earned Cardiff the title of «Christmas City». And there is entertainment for all the family, D ____.
There is always something happening in Cardiff. The BBC National Orchestra of Wales and Welsh National Opera can both be heard here. Cardiff previews many London «West End» shows E _____.
The city’s range of accommodation facilities is truly impressive, F ____. And with a city as compact as Cardiff there are places to stay in all price brackets.
-
from international names to family-run guest houses
-
joining some of Wales’ most talented musicians
-
having their summer holidays in Cardiff
-
that usually attract hundreds of theatre lovers
-
which features music, film, literature and graphics
-
from pantomimes to Christmas tree celebrations
-
beating with dance and theatrical performances
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
5 |
2 |
6 |
4 |
1 |
Task 31
Changing image
For more than 200 years Madame Tussaud’s has been attracting tourists from all over the world and it remains just as popular as it ever was. There are many reasons for this enduring success, but at the heart of it all is good, old-fashioned curiosity.
Madame Tussaud’s original concept has entered a brand new era of interactive entertainment A _____. Today’s visitors are sent on a breathtaking journey in black cabs through hundreds of years of the past. They have a unique chance to see the great legends of history, В _____ of politics.
Much of the figure construction technique follows the traditional pattern, beginning whenever possible with the subject С _____ and personal characteristics. The surprising likeliness of the wax portraits also owes much to many stars D _____, either by providing their stage clothes, or simply giving useful advice.
The museum continues constantly to add figures E ____ popularity. The attraction also continues to expand globally with established international branches in New York, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and many other cities. And they all have the same rich mix of interaction, authenticity and local appeal.
The museum provides a stimulating and educational environment for schoolchildren. Its specialists are working together with practicing teachers and educational advisors to create different programmes of activities, F ____.
-
as well as resources on art, technology and drama
-
as well as the idols of popular music and the icons
-
who is sitting to determine exact measurements
-
ranging from special effects to fully animated figures
-
ranging from all kinds of souvenirs to sports equipment
-
that reflect contemporary public opinion and celebrity
-
who are eager to help in any possible way they can
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
2 |
3 |
7 |
6 |
1 |
Task 32
Saturday jobs: memories of weekend working
Research has shown a sharp fall in the number of teenagers who do Saturday jobs. It seems such a shame — my Saturday job as a kitchen porter was something of a rite of passage. I’ll never forget long hours A _____, scouring grease off huge saucepans and griddles. Working atmosphere there helped me grow a thicker skin, develop quicker banter and, most importantly, taught me the value of hard work. It also resulted in a steady supply of cash, В ____. I’m not the only one who has strong memories of weekend work. DJ Trevor Nelson said everyone should be able to have a Saturday job: «It taught me a lot, С ____.»
The link between the type of Saturday job a celebrity performed and their later career is sometimes obvious. Dragon’s Den star and businessman Peter Jones, for example, showed early promise by starting his own business. «I passed my Lawn Tennis Association coaching exam, D ____,» he explains. «At the start I was coaching other kids, E ____, for which I could charge £25-30 an hour. While my friends on milk rounds were getting £35 a week, I was doing five hours on a Saturday and earning four times as much.»
Skier Chemmy Alcott got a job working for the Good Ski Guide, on the advertising side. «It became clear to me what my personal value to companies could be. It led directly to me finding my head sponsor … and it offered me an eight-year contract. That gave me the financial backing F ____.»
As part of its response to the Saturday job statistics, the UK Commission for Employment and Skills said a lack of early work opportunities makes it harder for young people to acquire experience for their СVs.
-
and things would be different if everyone was given the chance
-
which let me know he approved of me
-
and I persuaded my local club to let me use a court on Saturdays
-
which I needed to become a professional skier
-
which I would happily spend as I liked
-
that I spent in the kitchen of a busy country pub in East Sussex
-
but soon I got adults wanting to book lessons
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
5 |
1 |
3 |
7 |
4 |
Task 33
Orient Express
In the early 1860s, trains were the preferred way to travel. They weren’t particularly comfortable, however, until American engineer George Mortimer Pullman decided to make trains more luxurious.
By the late 1860s, trains furnished not only sleeping cars, but kitchen and dining facilities, where A _____. This was innovative for the time, and was aimed to encourage people В _____. The first of these Pullman trains in England ran from London to Brighton and used electricity for illumination.
In 1881, another railway entrepreneur, George Nagelmacker, introduced the use of a restaurant car onboard, and the first Orient Express train service was begun. Running from Paris to Romania the route included Strasbourg, Vienna, Budapest and Bucharest.
Thanks to the 12 mile Simplon Tunnel, С _____, the Orient Express expanded, including a route to Istanbul, and the legendary romance of the Orient Express was in full swing.
Everyone in the social register, including royalty, chose to travel on the wheels of that luxury hotel D _____ in wealthy surroundings. Legends, stories, and intrigue surrounded those trips to exotic places, and those famous people E _____.
Unfortunately, during World War II this luxury travel was closed for the most part, and later, after the war, F ____ to start it again. Within the next few years airplane travel became popular, and train passenger service declined.
-
elegant meals were served to passengers
-
to use trains for long distance travel and vacations
-
who rode the train
-
who wrote about it
-
which connected Switzerland and Italy
-
that served dishes and wines
-
there was no money
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
1 |
2 |
5 |
6 |
3 |
7 |
Task 34
Arizona’s world class cruise
Spectacular Canyon Lake is situated in the heart of the Superstition Mountains in Arizona, giving home to the Dolly Steamboat. The Dolly Steamboat, A ____, now cruises the secluded inner waterways of this beautiful lake. It is worth exploring this favourite destination of President Theodore Roosevelt who declared, «The Apache Trail and surrounding area combines the grandeur of the Alps, the glory of the Rockies, the magnificence of the Grand Canyon and then adds something В ____.» You will marvel as you travel up to the national forest, which provides the most inspiring and beautiful panorama С ____. Every trip brings new discoveries of rock formations, geological history, and the flora and fauna distinct to the deserts of Arizona.
Once aboard the Dolly Steamboat, you may view the majestic desert big horn sheep, bald eagles and a host bird of other wildlife, water fowl, D ____. Experience the unique sound harmony that is created by the waters of Canyon Lake. Stretch out and relax at one of the tables or stand next to the railings on the deck. There is plenty of leg room on the Dolly. You will get a unique chance to listen to the captain E ____.
All the passengers are treated with outstanding service and personal attention to every need. Feel free to ask questions, move about and mingle with the crew. So enjoy an unforgettable vacation cruise and see F ____ ,like a ride on Arizona’s Dolly Steamboat.
-
that nature has ever created in the wild
-
that none of the others have
-
hovering over the magnificent lake
-
who retells the legends of the mysterious past
-
for yourself why there is nothing quite
-
who pays much attention to children’s safety
-
continuing a tradition of cruising since 1925
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
2 |
1 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
Task 35
US Congress
The Congress of the United States of America is an important part of the US federal government.
It is an assembly of elected representatives A ____ but not to select the chief executive of the nation; that individual is elected by the people.
Congress is not a single organization; it is a vast and complex collection of organizations B ____ and through which members of Congress form alliances.
C ____, in which political parties are the only important kind of organization, parties are only one of many important units in Congress.
In fact other organizations have grown in number D ____.
The Democrats and Republicans in the House and the Senate are organized by party leaders, E ____ within the House and Senate. The party structure is essentially the same in the House as in the Senate, though the titles of various posts are different.
But leadership carries more power in the House than in the Senate because of the House rules. F _____, the House must restrict debate and schedule its business with great care; thus leaders who do the scheduling and who determine how the rules shall be applied usually have substantial influence.
-
as party influence has declined
-
against the spirit of the Constitution
-
being so large (435 members)
-
empowered to make laws
-
unlike the British Parliament
-
by which the business of Congress is carried on
-
who in turn are elected by the full party membership
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
6 |
5 |
1 |
7 |
3 |
Task 36
The Trailblazers
In the early 1800s, the area that would become the western United States was completely undeveloped.
Explorers, hunters, traders, and settlers had to blaze their own trails. A____ to move possessions and supplies became common place.
Manifest Destiny was the belief that Americans had a God-given right to take over the continent. As they moved west, settlers used this policy B_____ to new people and territories.
Trails increased trade opportunities between western and eastern regions, and the U.S. economy prospered C_____ on each other for goods.
To achieve Manifest Destiny, the United States purchased land from other countries or conquered territory D_____ until its borders stretched from coast to coast.
More than one-half million people chose to travel West on trails between 1800 and 1870, E_____.
As new technology spread across the West, however, the use of trails came to an end. The railroads built thousands of miles of tracks, and, F ____, a cheap, relatively safe, and quick way to transport people and supplies to western areas existed.
-
to spread U.S. ideas and government
-
for the first time in history
-
thus replacing them forever
-
as territories became interdependent
-
the use of covered wagons
-
by taking land from Native peoples
-
forming the largest mass migration in history
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
1 |
4 |
6 |
7 |
2 |
Task 37
A Young Mayor
This is a very unusual case, but as you will see, unusual doesn’t mean impossible.
An 18-year-old school girl has become the youngest mayor of a British town in history. Amanda Bracebridge, A_____, won leadership of Clun village council in a dramatic election last night. The tiny village only has 122 voters and Amanda won the election by just two votes from the only other candidate, 69-year-old Fred Gardner of the Conservative party. Amanda, B _____, was an independent candidate. She was surprised by her success, C _____. “My election promise was to make sure D _____,” she told us. She was referring to the plans from a large company to buy up farmland and build flats there. “We live in one of the most beautiful villages in Shropshire and I want to make sure it stays that way.”
Amanda, who is in her last year at nearby Bishop’s Castle High School, E _____ and her exams which she takes in two months. “It’s going to be a pretty busy few months,” she said. “But when the exams are over I will be able to concentrate completely on helping my village”.
Amanda had plans to go to university but is now going to start a year later F _____. “I’ve talked to Leeds University and they say my place will wait for me”. And what is she going to study? Politics? “No, actually, I am going to do sociology and economics”.
-
who is not a member of any political party
-
that our village would be protected from outside interests
-
but it was not a total shock to her
-
being a politics student at the university
-
so she can do her job as mayor properly
-
who is only just old enough to vote herself
-
will have to find time for her work as mayor
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
1 |
3 |
2 |
7 |
5 |
Task 38
Is there enough to say?
They only appeared about ten years ago but already they are everywhere, everyone’s got one. They are the wonder of the modern age — mobile phones, or cell phones, A ____. Apparently, mobile phones are now used by about 2.5 billion people worldwide, and about one billion new mobile phones are sold every year worldwide. Go back to 1997, and only 100 million were sold. As we can see, the mobile phone business B_____.
And the developments keep on coming. Once we could only make phone calls; now mobile phones C_____ and do many other useful things. Once we had to hold our mobile phones in our hand; now we can use throat microphones. What next? We are told that soon, tiny microphones will be implanted into our lips. We’ll be able to dial numbers just by saying them.
But surely we need to ask ourselves: What’s good about this? OK, we can talk to other people almost all the time now — but is that so great? Watch and listen to people when a plane has landed. Anxious D _____, dial a number, and then: “It’s me, I’m here. I’ll be there in twenty minutes.” Is this communication? Is this what all these years of technology have brought us to?
In the early days of communication there were letters. When they arrived at your house, you knew they had been delivered by a man E _____.
In those days, people would think very hard before they wrote a letter. You had to have a good reason to write — communication was serious. Now it’s not — people phone each other F ____. Once the phone was a way for people far away from each other to talk — now it’s just an excuse to talk.
-
has been developed very quickly
-
not understand why they are doing it for
-
as Americans call them
-
riding halfway across the country on a horse
-
just because they can
-
can also be used to take and send photos
-
fingers immediately switch on the mobile phone
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
1 |
6 |
7 |
4 |
5 |
Task 39
Promoting language learning
The European Union (EU) is committed to supporting the rights of its citizens to personal and professional mobility, and their ability to communicate with each other. It does so by A_____ to promote the teaching and learning of European languages. These programmes have at least one thing in common: they cover cross-border projects involving partners from two, and often three or more, EU countries.
The EU programmes are designed to complement the national education policies of member countries. Each government is responsible for its own national education policy, B_____. What the EU programmes do is to create links between countries and regions via joint projects, C____.
Since 2007 the main programmes have been put under the overall umbrella of the EU’s lifelong learning programme. All languages are eligible for support under this programme: official languages, regional, minority and migrant languages, D____. There are national information centres in each country, E_____.
The cultural programmes of the EU also promote linguistic and cultural diversity in a number of ways. The “Media” programme funds the dubbing and subtitling of European films for F ____. The “Culture” programme builds cross-cultural bridges by supporting the translation of modern authors into other EU languages.
-
and the languages of the EU’s major trading partners
-
which includes language teaching and learning
-
cinemas and television in other EU countries
-
which enhance the impact of language teaching and learning
-
funding a number of educational programmes
-
and encouraging people to learn new languages
-
where details about the application procedures are given
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
2 |
4 |
1 |
7 |
3 |
Task 40
Starting your own business
What are the reasons for starting your own business? One of them is because you believe you are the best in that line or because you have a product or service that has never been offered to the market before. Another is that you are a person in a real hurry and cannot suffer the A_____ to reach your goals. Sometimes it is because you have an inheritance B_____ soon after you set up a business or that there already is a cash purse with loose strings and you want to make the best of this bonanza.
If your reasons are any or all of the above, abandon the thought right now and save yourself the disillusionment C____ into the world of commerce.
Start your own business just for the sake of doing a trade, or for D____. Do not burden yourself with lofty notions of superiority when compared to your peers. When setting out to start your own business, be emotional about it, but not impractical; don’t be led by your heart, but be dictated by your mind.
Having covered those parts that are not taught in a business school, let us look at E____ your own business. You should start with a SWOT analysis – strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats – analyze these for yourself, for partners in your business, if any, and for the business itself.
If the result of the analysis is encouraging, then prepare a business plan. It is like a road map for actions in the near foreseeable future to achieve your business goals. Finally, execute the business plan with precision; tweak it as you go along, only so that it helps to meet the end goal of successfully F_____ the business.
-
the essentials of starting
-
that awaits when you step
-
trials and tribulations of employment
-
establishing and conducting
-
preparing a business plan
-
waiting to be acquired
-
undertaking the commercial activity
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
6 |
2 |
7 |
1 |
4 |
Task 41
Archaeology done underwater
Nautical archaeology is the science of finding, collecting, preserving, and studying human objects that have become lost or buried under water. It is a fairly modern field of study since it depends on having the technology to be able to remain underwater for some time to do real work. Whether it is conducted in freshwater or in the sea, A____, nautical archaeology is another way of learning more about the human past.
Although some use the words nautical archaeology to mean a specialized branch of underwater archaeology, B____, most consider the term to mean the same as the words underwater archaeology or marine
archaeology. All of these interchangeable terms mean simply C_____.
Once real trade began, it is safe to say D_____ was probably transported over water at some point in time. By studying submerged objects, we can learn more about past human cultures. In fact, studying ancient artifacts is the only way to learn anything about human societies E_____. Being able to examine the actual objects made and used by ancient people not only adds to the written records they left behind, but allows us to get much closer to the reality of what life was like when they lived. Also, if we pay close attention to how the objects were made and used, we begin to get a more realistic picture of F_____.
-
that existed long before the invention of writing
-
that nearly every object made by humans
-
what those people were really like
-
which is concerned only with ships and the history of seafaring
-
that it is the study of archaeology done underwater
-
and whether it finds sunken ships or old cities
-
and what was discovered underwater
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
4 |
5 |
2 |
1 |
3 |
Task 42
Visiting the Royal Parks
London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_____ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.
The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B______. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_____.
The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D______ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.
Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_____. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F____. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.
The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.
-
that are displayed during the nesting season
-
while the city has grown up around them
-
and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
-
where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
-
who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
-
who does not know the route to the place of destination
-
that take cyclists away from traffic
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
2 |
3 |
7 |
4 |
1 |
Task 43
The Survival of the Welsh Language
Wales is a small country of just over 3 million people, on the north west seaboard of Europe. Despite many historical incursions of other peoples, particularly the English, it has preserved its ancient Celtic language, A_____. Welsh is habitually spoken by about 10% of the people, half understood by a further 10%, and not spoken at all by the majority in this ‘bilingual’ society.
Up to the First World War most people were Welsh speaking, especially in the mountains of North Wales. The English-speaking areas were along the more fertile coastal plains. On the whole there was an easy tolerance of the two languages, B______.
By 1919 there was a considerable drop in Welsh speakers. This was due to the large flows of capital investment from England into the South Wales coalfield, C_____.
Now, D_____, commerce and everyday business were carried out in English.
In the rural mountain areas 80% to 85% of the population were Welsh speakers, E ____. However, in the coalfield country of Glamorgan 70% spoke English only, and in its neighbour border county the figure was over 90%.
By 1931 the number of people able to speak Welsh in the whole of Wales had fallen to 37% of the population, F ____. It continued to drop and reached its lowest – 18.6% — in the 1990s. But by the start of the 21st century, numbers had begun to increase again and reached 21.7% in 2004!
-
as well as education and the law
-
the only one of a number of allied languages that remain
-
with radio and the English press further speeding the decline
-
many being able to speak Welsh only
-
where Welsh was studied as language and literature in an academic manner
-
apart from the fact that Welsh was not permitted to be used at all in the schools
-
bringing a flood of immigrant labour from all over Britain
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
6 |
7 |
1 |
4 |
3 |
Task 44
Secrets of Long Life
There are places in the world where people live longer than anywhere else. The remote Japanese island of Okinawa is one of these places. While the lifespan in Britain is 77 years for men and 81 for women, Okinawa has a population of about one million, of which 900 are centenarians — A_____ in Britain or the USA. So what is their secret of long life?
«The calendar may say they’re 80, but their body says they’re 60,» says Bradley Willcox, a scientist researching the extraordinary phenomenon. The research has shown hormonal differences between Okinawans and B____ but their longevity has been linked to diet. They eat more tofu and soya than any other people in the world and also enjoy a range of different fruit and vegetables, all rich in anti-oxidants. But the most significant thing isn’t what they eat but how much. The Okinawans C_____ known as ‘hara hachi bu’, which translates as ‘eat until you are only 80 % full’.
Scientists refer to this way of eating as ‘caloric restrictions’. No-one knows exactly why it works, but scientists believe it D_____ that there is the danger of famine. This in turn E_____ and so may lead to better preservation and slower aging.
«It’s a stark contrast with the cultural habits that drive food consumption in F____ » says Mr. Willcox. If we look at high streets and supermarkets in most other countries, you will see that he is right. Restaurants offer all-you-can-eat menus and supersize portions. Supermarkets are full of special offers encouraging us to buy more food than we need.
-
make it a healthy diet
-
other parts of the world
-
four times higher than the average
-
have a cultural tradition
-
sends a signal to the body
-
the rest of the population
-
makes the body protect itself
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
6 |
4 |
5 |
7 |
2 |
Task 45
Beaches of Portugal
Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A _____.
The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C_____.
In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D _____ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ____ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.
Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ____. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.
-
where one can enjoy close contact with
-
which meet every need of their users
-
than to discover them once for oneself
-
who has never been to this wonderful city
-
which is ideal for various water sports
-
to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs
-
who have different options around the capital
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
6 |
5 |
7 |
1 |
2 |
Task 46
The Joy of Reading
Have you ever wondered why people read? Why reading is one of the few things A _____ for thousands of years? Even before reading became available to the general public, stories were told around campfires, passed down from generation to generation.
First of all, stories are a good way to escape from your ordinary life, to get immersed in another world, if only for a little time. While reading, you can imagine yourself in different situations B _____, but in the moment that doesn’t matter. Whether you’re suffering from depression or are just bored, reading is a great distraction.
Similarly, another reason people are attracted to stories, is because they are lonely, very often they feel as if they are the only ones in the world C _____. Identifying with a fictional character can make a big difference in helping a person understand D _____.
Other people read because it can be a good way to relax. It can be very nice to sit down and enjoy a good plot unfold, to watch the actions of fictional characters from the side, and to see the consequences of these actions, E ____.
Lastly, people read because it is the easiest way to gain knowledge in a certain area. Instead of finding a teacher, you can just find a book, sit down, and spend a few hours reading. This way you can study wherever you want, whenever you want F _____.
There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.
-
try to avoid the boredom of life
-
that has consistently remained part of society
-
that they are not alone
-
going through something difficult
-
without having to bear any responsibility
-
that range from unlikely to impossible
-
at your own pace
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
6 |
4 |
3 |
5 |
7 |
Task 47
Peter and Paul Fortress
The Peter and Paul Fortress in St. Petersburg, located on small Hare Island, is the historic core of the city. The history of St. Petersburg begins with the history of the fortress.
Since 1700 Russia had been fighting the Northern War against Sweden. By 1703 the lands by the Neva River were conquered. To protect them from the attacks of the Swedes it was necessary to build a strong outpost here. The fortress was founded on Hare Island 16 (27) May, 1703 by joint plan of Peter I and French engineer Joseph-Gaspard Lambert de Guerin. This day is well known A____.
The fortress stretches from west to east with six bastions B____. The Peter’s Gate on the east side, C____, has remained since the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Cathedral, D____ emperors and the monument of Russian baroque, was completed after the death of the emperor, in 1733. The weathervane as a golden angel with a cross, E____, is one of the main symbols of the city. On the opposite side of the cathedral, there is the Mint building, constructed in the time of Paul I by architect A. Porto. Coinage was moved to the fortress F____ in the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Fortress has never directly participated in any fighting. From the very beginning of its existence it was used as a political prison. Since 1924 the Peter and Paul Fortress has been a part of the Museum of the History of St. Petersburg.
-
as the day of the birth of St. Petersburg
-
which was designed by D. Trezzini
-
which was the burial place of Russian
-
and reminding of the rich history of the city
-
as the most protected part of the city
-
which is located on the spire of the cathedral
-
that are located at the corners
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
1 |
7 |
2 |
3 |
6 |
5 |
Task 48
Surviving in a Desert
A desert is defined as a place that gets less than 250 mm of rain each year. It differs sharply from the climate of a rain forest, A _____.
Arid desert lands cover about one third of the earth’s surface. Most deserts are covered with sand, B _____. There are also usually a lot of rocky areas. This combination of sand and rock means that the soil is not very fertile. C ____, some living things are able to do well in this setting. Many plants have changed and developed in ways D____. These changes have become apparent in a number of ways. Some plants are able to grow very quickly E____. They turn green and produce flowers within just a few days. Other desert plants simply stop growing in very dry weather. They appear to be dead, but when the rain returns, they come back to life and begin growing again.
Desert animals have also developed many characteristics that help them to survive in arid environment. Camels can go for a very long time without drinking. Other animals, such as snakes and rats, find cool places to sleep during the day and come out only at night. The extremely long ears of desert rabbits help them F_____. Changes like these have allowed some animals and plants to grow and develop successfully in a very challenging ecological system: the desert.
There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.
-
which is often in the form of hills called sand dunes
-
whenever it rains
-
to find water as far as 25 metres away
-
which can receive up to 10,000 mm of rain annually
-
to better distribute their body heat and stay cool
-
even though the desert environment is very dry and hot
-
that help them to live in the desert
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
1 |
6 |
7 |
2 |
5 |
Task 49
Nevsky Prospect
Nevsky Prospect is the main and most famous street of St. Petersburg. The unique architectural ensemble of Nevsky Prospect was formed during the 18th – early 20th centuries. It starts from the bank of the Neva River, runs through the centre of the city and ends at the Neva River. The whole history of St. Petersburg can be seen in the history of the avenue. Nevsky Prospect is 4.5 km long and 25-60 m wide. The narrowest section is located from the Admiralty to the Moika River, A_____.
After the construction of the Admiralty in 1704 and the Alexander Nevsky Monastery in 1710, it was decided to build a road B_____ each other and with the Novgorod Path, which was used by Russian merchants. The construction began on both sides at the same time, the roads were laid through the wood, and in 1760s they were connected into one road, C_____, but with a turn at the Vosstaniya Square. Nevsky Prospect got its name only in 1783. The road was paved with cobble stones, D_____. It was the first street in St. Petersburg with gas lighting. By the early 20th century Nevsky Prospect had become the financial centre of Russia E____ had their offices there.
Nowadays, Nevsky Prospect is the centre of cultural and social life of St. Petersburg. There are museums, theatres, exhibition halls, cinemas, restaurants, cafés, shops F____.
-
and hotels there or nearby the avenue
-
showing the original width of the avenue
-
which was not as straight as it was planned
-
which were built by famous architects and
-
connecting these two important structures with
-
and a few rows of trees were planted along the street
-
as the 40 largest banks of Russia, Europe and America
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
5 |
3 |
6 |
7 |
1 |
Task 50
Whales in a Noisy Ocean
Whales use sound in very different ways. Some whales produce songs that travel over vast distances. They also use echolocation, like bats, A _____. But other noise in the ocean creates a problem for the whales.
Since 1987, the International Fund for Animal Welfare (IFAW) has sent their research vessel Song of the Whale around the world B _____. During the travels, the Song of the Whale scientists have developed expertise C ____ to listen to and record the sounds that the animals make. Thishelps them to track, identify, and survey different species.
One of the threats facing whales and other marine animals is noise pollution in the seas, such as noise from drilling, military activities, oil exploration, and coastal construction. This noise can cause great distress to whales and dolphins and can D _____.
It is feared this noise pollution may cause mass strandings, E _____. If the Song of the Whale team can F ____, then hopefully the nature and location of disturbing noise can be changed.
-
in using underwater microphones
-
to locate food and find their way
-
result in injury and even death
-
track and identify their habitats
-
to filter out food from the water
-
to provide a platform for marine research
-
when large numbers come ashore
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
6 |
1 |
3 |
7 |
4 |
Task 51
Unique nature of Kamchatka
Kamchatka is a peninsula located in the north-eastern part of Russia. It is surrounded with the Okhotskoye Sea, the Beringovo Sea and the Pacific Ocean. This region has a very unique environment A_____ one is looking for picturesque views, unforgettable travels and unity with nature.
Kamchatka is famous for its volcanoes, B_____. Volcanoes are represented on Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, the most eastern city in the northern hemisphere, coat of arms as well. There are more than 300 volcanoes
in Kamchatka, from 28 up to 36 of them are active, or potentially active. Kamchatka volcanoes are included in the list of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites.
The region is also known C____ — rivers and lakes. Many Kamchatka rivers spring from mountain tops and glaciers, that is why they are very clean, and it is wonderful for those D_____. In general, there are up to 14 thousand rivers and streams, 100 thousand lakes and 414 glaciers in Kamchatka.
Kamchatka is a home to the Valley of Geysers, E_____ geysers in the world, after Icelandic geyser fields. It is not easily accessible, as long as it is too unique to be opened for tourists all the time. The Valley of Geysers’ ecosystem is very vulnerable, F_____ and regulate the visiting. In fact, the larger part of Kamchatka is preserved. There are many nature reserves and nature parks in Kamchatka.
-
which are depicted on most souvenirs there
-
so it is necessary to monitor it all the time
-
who love fishing, including Kamchatka bears
-
which has the second largest concentration of
-
to be a place of many water sources
-
to be a popular nature reserve and health resort
-
that makes it a place to visit when
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
7 |
1 |
5 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
Task 52
The life of Pi
«The Life of Pi» published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_____, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.
At the start of the book, we B____ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.
When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_____. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_____, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_____ and show it that he’s the boss.
Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_____ in the end!
-
read the book to find out what happens
-
some food and water on the lifeboat
-
his knowledge of animals to control the tiger
-
received an award for being strong
-
sold seven million copies worldwide
-
learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry
-
a terrible storm and the ship sinks
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
6 |
7 |
2 |
3 |
1 |
Task 53
Santa Claus
The man we know as Santa Claus has a history all to his own. Today, he is thought of mainly as the jolly man in red, but his story A_____ the 3rd century to a monk named St. Nicholas. It is believed that Nicholas was born sometime around 280 AD in modern-day Turkey. Much admired for his kindness, St. Nicholas B_____. It is said that he gave away all of his inherited wealth and traveled the countryside helping the poor and sick. Over the course of many years, Nicholas’s popularity spread and he became known as the protector of children and sailors. His feast day C_____ his death, December 6. This was traditionally considered a lucky day to make large purchases or to get married. By the Renaissance, St. Nicholas was the most popular saint in Europe.
St. Nicholas first D______ at the end of the 18th century. The name Santa Claus evolved from a Dutch shortened form of Sint Nikolaas. As his popularity grew, Sinter Klaas was described as everything from a jocker with a blue three-cornered hat, red waistcoat, and yellow stockings to a man wearing a broad-brimmed hat and a huge pair of Flemish trousers.
In the 19th centuries big stores E_____ using images of the newly-popular Santa Claus. In 1841, thousands of children visited a Philadelphia shop to see a life-size Santa Claus model. It F_____ before stores began to attract children, and their parents, with the lure of a peek at the “real-life” Santa Claus with his famous white beard and red gown.
-
began to advertise Christmas shopping
-
became the subject of many legends
-
began dressing up unemployed men in
-
is celebrated on the anniversary of
-
was only a matter of time
-
stretches all the way back to
-
appeared in American popular culture
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
2 |
4 |
7 |
1 |
5 |
Task 54
Welcome to the Smithsonian
When you visit any of the Smithsonian’s 19 museums and galleries or the National zoo, you are entering the largest museum complex in the world. This complex holds about 137 million unique objects in its trust for the American people.
The Smithsonian was established in 1846 with funds given to the United States by James Smithson, an English scientist. The main idea was to increase and spread knowledge for free. And now all Smithsonian institutions are still devoted to public education, A__________ history.
Ten Smithsonian museums and galleries are located in the centre of the U.S. capital. Six other museums and the National zoo are nearby in the Washington metropolitan area, B__________.
The 19th and the newest museum C__________ is the National Museum of African American history and culture. It is now operating in the form of a virtual museum. Its key feature is the memory book, D__________. These diverse memories are linked to each other and to the museum content, E__________.
The Smithsonian complex is home to the world’s foremost research centres in science, the arts and the humanities. Besides the basic research F__________, there are a number of special facilities. Conservation centre at the zoo studies rare and endangered species, environment centre carries out research in ecosystems in the coastal area.
-
that is carried on regularly in each of the museums
-
providing different materials in the arts, science and
-
placing a spotlight on people and events in African American history
-
that has been established within the Smithsonian complex
-
which allows website visitors to upload their own stories or images
-
and visitors can enjoy watching rare exhibits on
-
and two museums are situated in New York City
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
7 |
4 |
5 |
3 |
1 |
Task 55
National Gallery of Art
The National Gallery of Art was created in Washington D.C. for the people of the United States in 1937. It started with the gift of the financier and art collector A__________. His gift also included a building to house the new museum, to be constructed on the National Mall. Opened to the public in 1941, this grand building, B__________, was at the time the largest marble structure in the world.
The newly created National Gallery soon attracted similar gifts from hundreds of other collectors. This tradition of generosity continues to this day with gifts from private donors and artists C__________.
The gallery’s East building contains the collection of modern and contemporary painting, sculpture, D__________. The East and West buildings are connected by an underground tunnel with a moving walkway.
The National Gallery enjoys federal support, E__________, to fulfill its mission to exhibit and interpret great works of European and American art in the nation’s collection. Since its founding, federal funds have fostered the protection and care of the art collection and have supported the gallery’s work, ensuring F__________. Private funding helped to create a renowned collection of works of art and to construct the two landmark buildings. Private support makes possible to arrange a changing programme of special exhibitions.
-
which is now called the West building
-
that the gallery brings daily profit to the country
-
who are willing to share their possessions with the public
-
who presented old master paintings and sculptures to the country
-
as well as partnership with private organizations
-
that the gallery is open daily and free of charge
-
as well as an advanced research centre and an art library
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
1 |
3 |
7 |
5 |
6 |
Task 56
Healthy school meals
Children at Southdown Infants School in Bath enjoy tasty homemade meals such as roast turkey with fresh vegetables, chicken, salad and fresh fruit for pudding. Vegetables are A ____________. Instead of crisps, chocolate and sweets, the school canteen serves organic carrots, dried fruit and fresh seasonal fruit in bags for 10p, B ______________.
Southdown’s healthy eating initiative began four years ago with the start of a breakfast club.
Now Ms Culley, the head teacher of the school, says that the teachers very clearly see the link between diet and concentration. “Children’s concentration and behaviour C ______________.” The teachers would also like to give the children the experience of eating together. It turned out that some children weren’t used to that.
Pupils are also encouraged to find out more about where their food comes from by D ______________.
Parents are also involved and are invited in to try school dinners on special occasions, E _______________.
The efforts of staff, pupils and parents to create a healthy eating environment were recognized earlier this month F ______________ the Best School Dinner award.
Ms Culley said: “We are happy to win this award. Healthy eating is at the centre of everything we do. It’s really rewarding to see so many children enjoy real food.”
-
such as Easter and Christmas
-
visiting a local farm
-
local, fresh and organic where possible
-
provide good quality food
-
definitely improve after a good meal
-
and about 100 bags are sold each day
-
when the school was awarded
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
6 |
5 |
2 |
1 |
7 |
Task 57
Walking is not enough to keep fit
Walking may not be enough on its own to produce significant health benefits, research suggests. A team from Canada’s University of Alberta compared a 10,000-step exercise programme with a more traditional fitness regime of moderate intensity. Researchers found improvements A _______ were significantly higher in the second group. They told an American College of Sports Medicine meeting that gentle exercise was B __________. In total 128 people took C _________. The researchers assessed influence on fitness by measuring blood pressure and lung capacity. They found out the 10,000-step programme did help to get people motivated – and was an excellent way to start D _________. But to increase the effectiveness, some intensity must be added to their exercise. “Across your day, while you are achieving those 10,000 steps, take 200 to 400 of them at a faster pace. You’ve got to do more than light exercise and include regular moderate activity, and don’t be shy to have an occasional period of time at an energetic level.” The researchers were concerned there was too much focus E __________, rather than on its intensity.
Professor Stuart Biddle, an expert in exercise science at the University of Loughborough, said it was possible that the current guidelines on how much exercise to take were set too low. “However, you have got to find F ____. The harder you make it, the fewer people will actually do it.” Professor Biddle said there was no doubt that energetic exercise was the way to get fit, but volume rather than intensity might be more useful in tackling issues such as obesity.
-
part in the project
-
taking exercise
-
gave marked health benefits
-
in fitness levels
-
on simply getting people to take exercise
-
not enough to get fit
-
a compromise between physiology and psychology
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
6 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
7 |
Task 58
Double-decker Bus
A double-decker bus is a bus that has two levels. While double-decker long-distance buses are in widespread use around the world, A ____. Double-decker buses are popular in some European cities and in some parts of Asia, usually in former British colonies. Many towns around the world have a few that specialize in short sight-seeing tours for tourists because, as William Gladstone observed, «the way to see London is from the top of a ‘bus'».
Double-decker buses are taller than other buses. They are extensively used in the United Kingdom, B _____, removed from normal service in December 2005 — they still operate on heritage routes. Elsewhere in Europe, double-deckers are used throughout the Dublin Bus network in Ireland, where they are making a comeback on Dublin’s outer suburban routes and also the streets of Cork, Limerick, Galway and Waterford. They are a common sight in Berlin, where the BVG makes extensive use of them. Double-decker long-distance coaches are also in widespread use throughout Europe.
Most buses in Hong Kong and about half in Singapore are double-deckers as well. The only areas in North America that C _____ are the western Canadian province of British Columbia and the United States city of Las Vegas. They are currently being tested in Ottawa on the express routes. The city of Davis, California, in the United States uses vintage double-decker buses for public transport. Davis, California is also home to the first vintage double-decker bus converted from diesel gasoline to run on CNG. The city of Victoria, BC, the city of Vancouver, British Columbia, and a couple of others use Dennis Tridents. A few are also used as tour buses, especially in New York. Double-deckers are have also been used in Mumbai since 1937.
In Brazil, D _____, some companies use double-decker buses. Double-deckers are not a good option for use outside the towns (most roads in Brazil are in very poor condition), and E _____.
Double-decker buses are in widespread use in India in many of the major cities. Some double-decker buses F _____, with no roof and shallow sides. These are popular for sightseeing tours.
-
double-deckers are adored by thousands of tourists
-
use double-decker buses for public transport
-
double-decker city buses are less common
-
where perhaps the most famous was the London Routemaster
-
their use is being discouraged by transportation authorities
-
have an open upper deck
-
where buses are sometimes the only interstate transport
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
4 |
2 |
7 |
5 |
6 |
Task 59
Natural Links In a Long Chain of Being
I believe we are not alone.
Even if I am on the other side of the world from the farmhouse I live in, I still dream of the ancient vines out the window, and the shed out back that my grandfather’s father built in 1870 with eucalyptus trunks. As long as I can recreate these images, A ____.
All of us need some grounding in our modern world of constant moving, buying, selling, meeting and leaving. Some find constancy in religion, others in friends or community. But we need some daily signposts that we are not different, not better, B ____.
For me, this house, farm, these ancient vines are those roots. Although I came into this world alone and will leave alone, I am not alone.
There are ghosts of dozens of conversations in the hallways, stories I remember about buying new plows that now rust in the barnyard and ruined crops from the same vines C ____.
All of us are natural links in a long chain of being, and that I need to know what time of day it is, what season is coming, whether the wind is blowing north or from the east, and if the moon is still full tomorrow night, D _____.
The physical world around us constantly changes, E _____. We must struggle in our brief existence to find some transcendent meaning and so find relief in the knowledge F _____.
You may find that too boring, living with the past as present. I find it refreshing. There is an old answer to every new problem, that wise whispers of the past are with us. If we just listen and remember, we are not alone; we have been here before.
-
I never quite leave home
-
but human nature does not
-
that we are now harvesting
-
but we as well as our heart did not
-
not worse than those who came before us
-
just as the farmers who came before me did
-
that our ancestors have gone through this before
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
1 |
5 |
3 |
6 |
2 |
7 |
Task 60
The Show Begins
My Uncle Jim took me to all the Broadway shows in New York City, and I was star struck! Actually he wasn’t my real uncle – that’s just what we called him. He was a close friend of my parents. He was a bit stocky with red hair, A _________.
I remember the theaters on Broadway, B __________. The curtains were made of this real heavy, dark red material. There were huge chandelier lights hanging from the ceiling. The walls were dark, paneled wood. The seats were red and cushy C __________.
The orchestra sat at the base of the stage in a pit. I usually went down to the front to see the musicians D __________. They were all crammed into such a tiny space. I played the flute myself and my dad kept encouraging me that if I kept it up, E ___________. But truly, I didn’t want to be tucked away down there. I wanted to be on top, front and center.
Most people dressed rather finely, and certain fragrances took center stage as various women passed by. The sounds of the audience F __________ at their seats were clearly heard while last minute patrons filled in. There was electricity in the air and then the lights would go down and up, and you knew it was time for the show to get started. The lights dimmed. The music began. And you were swept up into a whole new world. I loved it!
-
I could be playing down there someday
-
and set real close together
-
which were so old and posh
-
and he had a beard and moustache
-
I wasn’t that good at music
-
getting ready and warming up
-
laughing and chattering away
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
3 |
2 |
6 |
1 |
7 |
Task 61
Scouting moves ahead
The Scout Movement, which is also known as the Boy Scouts has changed massively in more than 100 years, though many people do not realise this.
For many people in Britain the word “scouting” evokes images of boys in short trousers A__________. Many people imagine that the Scout Association and its female counterpart the Guides Association are old-fashioned. They think these associations are for people B__________ than the future, people who just like camping in the rain and washing in cold water.
It’s quite easy to understand why Scouts and Guides have this sort of image. The “Boy Scouts” were founded over 100 years ago by Robert Baden-Powell, a retired English army general; the “Girl Guides” followed three years later. They were organised in an almost military manner. Young people had to learn discipline and how to do things as a group. They C__________ in difficult conditions, learnt to make campfires and, yes, they certainly had to get used to washing in cold water. In those days though, that D__________ many people washed in cold water.
Nevertheless, even at the start, there was much more to scouting than that. Scouts and Guides also learned the value of solidarity. Right from the start, they had to cope with difficult situations, E__________, and play a useful part in society. Baden-Powell’s organisations were inclusive, and never exclusive; any young person could become a Scout or a Guide, regardless of race, background or religion.
Though the Scout and Guide movements began in England, they soon spread to other countries, and within 50 years, scouting F__________ with young people all over the world.
-
who are more interested in the past
-
and girls in blue uniforms
-
that were generally better
-
was not particularly unusual as
-
went on camping expeditions
-
interact with other people
-
had become a popular activity
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
1 |
5 |
4 |
6 |
7 |
Task 62
Skip the sun, get a glow the healthy way
Everyone at some point has wanted a “healthy glow,” whether it’s a must-have for summer, or a vacation, the thought of tan skin has crossed the minds of millions. If you are pale, it A__________. There is wild excitement when after a day in the sun your skin is tan, not burnt. Surely everyone is familiar with the famous conversation upon the realization that you got fried at the beach. Your friends reassure you with “Don’t worry it B__________.” It may all seem like fun and games at the time, but alarming new research C__________.
Some tan-seekers do it the old-fashioned way, grab a towel and hit the pool or beach. Recently, millions of young girls D__________ instead. Regardless of how the tan is achieved, any change in skin coloring is evidence of skin cell damage. This can lead to cancer. According to the Skin Cancer Foundation, melanoma, or skin cancer, among people aged 18 to 39 has risen dramatically. In the United States the number of skin cancer cases due to tanning, is higher than the number of lung cancer cases due to smoking.
While it is true that being outside and active is great for your body and the sun does provide vitamin D, everyone’s health still needs protecting. However, it’s E__________, limit time spent in direct sunlight, between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m., and wear sunscreen at all times. A fashionable option is the sun hat: both elegant and fun. Big floppy hats may seem ridiculous at first, but F__________.
Another advice is to look into sunless tanners: They are cheap and in no way endanger the lives of users. So, fake it, don’t bake it!
-
takes a lot of time and effort to tan
-
have been turning to tanning beds
-
they are actually quite classy accessories
-
better to avoid indoor tanning
-
have inspired people to get their skin checked
-
will eventually turn into a tan
-
has taken the healthy out of healthy glow
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
1 |
6 |
7 |
2 |
4 |
3 |
Task 63
Grant-making agency
The National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH) is an independent grant-making agency of the United States government. Established in 1965, it is one of the largest sources of grant funds for humanities projects and programs in the U.S. NEH promotes knowledge of the history, thought, and culture, not only of the United States, A__________.
NEH grants facilitate research and original scholarship, strengthen teaching and learning in the humanities in American schools and colleges, give opportunities for citizens to engage in lifelong learning, B__________.
The Endowment is directed by a chairman, C__________ and confirmed by the U.S. Senate for a term of four years. Advising the chairman is the National Council on the Humanities, a board of 26 distinguished private citizens D__________ with the advice of the Senate. The National Council members serve six-year terms.
NEH grants are typically awarded to U.S. cultural institutions, such as museums, archives, libraries, colleges, universities, and public television and radio stations, E__________. Eligibility is limited to U.S. non-profit institutions and to U.S. citizens and foreigners F__________ prior to the time of application. Grants are awarded through a competitive process. The chairman takes into account the advice provided by the review process and, by law, makes all funding decisions.
-
who is appointed by the president
-
but of other countries of the world
-
but in every aspect of social sciences
-
who are also appointed by the president
-
who have been living in the U.S. for three years
-
as well as to individual scholars of the humanities
-
as well as provide access to cultural and educational resources
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
7 |
1 |
4 |
6 |
5 |
Task 64
The Bonfire Night
The 5th of November has always had a very special place in my heart. More important than New Year’s Eve, but probably less important than the Olympics ceremonies, the 5th of November every year is A __________ all over the country to go wild!
The night of the 5th is often cold and damp and parents wrap up their children in layers of jumpers, coats, hats, scarves and gloves. They fuss over the littlest B __________ aren’t scared. They comfort their pets and give them a safe place to curl up inside, away from the cacophony about to start outside.
Outside the bonfire is C __________ up your nose. If you’re lucky, there might be some pumpkin soup left over from Halloween to warm you up, because in spite of all the layers and the excitement, you’ll still need warming up until the bonfire gets going!
When it’s absolutely dark and the bonfire is blazing, the children and parents huddle together in groups, staring up at the sky. What are they waiting for? The screech of the first firework deafens them all and D __________. The “oohs” and “aaahs” of the crowd keep perfect time with the “kabooms” of the rockets. With every firework that lights up the sky, parents watch the delight grow on their children’s faces and sigh with relief.
After the grand finale, they make their way home with the noises still echoing in their ears. An extra special treat E __________! Waving them through the chilly air, spelling out names and drawing pictures, even the oldest members of the family remember how to be kids!
This is what the 5th of November means to me. Every year, it F __________ such bright and colourful fireworks and heard such loud bangs. I really hope I never grow out of it!
-
differences in traditions
-
children and hope that they
-
the day for fireworks lovers
-
the explosion lights up the sky
-
feels like the first time I’ve seen
-
waits at home though: sparklers
-
lit and the smell of smoke creeps
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
2 |
7 |
4 |
6 |
5 |
Task 65
Earth-sheltered homes
Earth-sheltered or simply underground homes are one of those creations by man, which brings him closer to nature. Unlike the normal traditional houses that A __________, these earth-sheltered homes are built using the shelter of the ground. Earth-sheltered homes can be easily made in hilly areas.
The basic idea behind the construction of such a house is that they are built with the idea of B ________ and each of these homes is built entirely different from each other.
The construction of these homes is usually done according to the shape of the area where the house is built. Their designs C ________ to the nature. The early earth houses which were initially built lacked windows. Modern day earth-sheltered homes though have windows as well as any other facility that the people living there might require.
Some of the major benefits of earth-sheltered homes are that they are naturally insulating. This makes them cool in the summer and cozy and warm in the winter. Another advantage D __________ and are well protected from earthquakes as well as wind-storms. Many earth-sheltered homes are also defended against intruders since there is usually only one entry.
As everything has its pros and cons, earth-sheltered homes also do. The interior decoration of these homes, like placing the furniture or huge paintings, E __________. These homes also have dark spaces inside and for this reason, lots of lighting is essential.
Earth-sheltered homes are one of the greenest housing designs that combines Mother Nature with eco-friendly F __________.
-
are built on the ground
-
are usually very organic
-
is being built facing south
-
being environmentally friendly
-
building materials and lifestyle
-
is that these homes are safe from fire
-
can be difficult due to the construction
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
1 |
4 |
2 |
6 |
7 |
5 |
Task 66
Australia
Australia is one of the world’s most ethnically diverse nations. Nearly a quarter of the people who live in Australia A __________. They come from the United Kingdom and other European countries, but also from China, Vietnam, North Africa, and the Middle East.
First people arrived in Australia about 50,000 years ago. They B __________ land bridges when sea levels were lower. The next to land in Australia were Dutch explorers. They came in 1606. In 1788 the British began to settle there. Many settlers C __________ as punishment. For a short time, the newcomers lived peacefully with the Aboriginal people.
In 1851, gold was discovered in Australia. A rush to find riches brought D __________ 1859, six separate colonies were created which later became part of the British Commonwealth.
Australian culture is founded on stories of battlers, bushrangers and brave soldiers. Today E __________ its Aboriginal heritage, vibrant mix of cultures, innovative ideas and a thriving ecosystem.
Australia’s ecosystem is an unusual one because of its remote location. As a result, there are F __________ and nowhere else in the world, such as kangaroo and koala.
One of Australia’s most amazing sites rises like an enormous whale’s back from a flat desert called the Red Center. It is a sacred natural formation at the heart of the country and the largest rock in the world!
-
Australia is one of the most
-
were born in other countries
-
Australia also defines itself by
-
many animal species that occur here
-
may have travelled from Asia across
-
thousands of new immigrants, and by
-
were criminals sent to live in Australia
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
5 |
7 |
6 |
3 |
4 |
Task 67
Living nature in Madeira
Right in the middle of the Atlantic, the islands of Madeira and Porto Santo are a haven of natural beauty. The exotic colours of the flowers stand out from among the blue sea and the emerald green vegetation. This is an archipelago where the big territory is a protected area and A __________ is located.
The Madeira Natural Park was created in 1982 to preserve this vast natural heritage, a worldwide rarity. The park is classified as a Biogenetic Reserve, B __________, with some rare species such as the mountain orchid, unique in the world, and also some exotic large trees. To visit this park is to discover Nature! The park covers about two-thirds of the island, making Madeira a truly ecological destination.
The springtime temperature, C __________, cries out for open air activities. Visitors can go for a walk in the park, visit the city of Funchal or roam freely around the island. Boat rides are an excellent way of D __________. In such a naturally welcoming environment, balance and well-being are taken for granted. Madeira offers various tourist complexes E __________.
Popular feasts, F __________, are opportunities to appreciate traditional gastronomic flavours and see Madeira partying, especially for the Carnival parades, the Flower festival, the Atlantic festival and, above all, the end-of-year fireworks display.
-
which is felt all year round
-
which take place in Madeira all year round
-
where the largest laurel forest in the world
-
admiring the coastline from a different perspective
-
where one can find a unique range of flora and fauna
-
choosing this holiday destination for its natural beauty
-
that have prime conditions for boating and scuba diving
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
5 |
1 |
4 |
7 |
2 |
Task 68
Wild animals in cities
Have you ever seen bears in Vancouver parks, leopards on the streets of Mumbai or wild pigs in gardens in Berlin? Recently, there A __________ on TV about big animals coming into towns and cities. What happens when wild animals come into our cities? Is it dangerous for us and the animals?
Wild animals usually come into cities to look for food. In Cape Town, South Africa, baboons sometimes come into the suburbs. They eat fruit from gardens and go into people’s kitchens and take food from cupboards and fridges! Baboons are B __________ children and fight with pet dogs. Many people do not like them, but the city can be dangerous for baboons too. Sometimes, baboons are C __________ human food can be very bad for their teeth. The city council in Cape Town has a team of Baboon Monitors whose job is to find baboons D ___________ to the countryside. This makes the city safer for people and is healthier for the baboons. However, the main problem is that a lot of baboons will come back to the city to find food again.
In Berlin, Germany, groups of wild pigs have come into the city for hundreds of years, but now the winters are warmer, there are even more pigs than in the past. Pigs eat flowers and plants and dig in gardens and parks in the city. They also E __________ accidents. Some city residents like the pigs and give them food. But the city council is worried about the traffic accidents, so they F __________ have put up fences to stop the pigs coming into the city.
-
cause lots of problems
-
in the city and take them back
-
walk in the street and cause traffic
-
hurt in car accidents and the sugar in
-
strong animals and sometimes they scare
-
have been many reports in newspapers and
-
have told people to stop giving the pigs food and
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
5 |
4 |
2 |
3 |
7 |
Task 69
Europe’s best hidden gems
There are incredible destinations in Europe known worldwide, such as Amsterdam and its canals, London and its museums, its shopping and atmosphere, or Paris, the City of Light. Europe also has thousands of hidden treasures. There is a wide selection of the finest unknown destinations in Europe, from Lugano in Switzerland A __________.
Lugano is an international city, the crossroads and melting pot of European culture. It constitutes one of the most interesting regions to be discovered. Lugano is not only Switzerland’s third most important financial centre, B __________ old buildings.
The area of Cinque Terre in Italy represents one of the best preserved natural sights of the Mediterranean. Human activity has contributed to creating a unique landscape in which the development of typical stone walls is so extensive C __________. All this, D __________, makes the Cinque Terre an increasingly popular location among Italian and foreign tourists.
Sintra is a jewel set between the mountains and the sea, waiting to be discovered by tourists E __________, luxuriant nature and cosmopolitan cultural offer. Sintra has a wonderful charm that left a deep impression on the soul and work of the writers F __________. Sintra is truly the capital of Romanticism. It is a place to be experienced by everyone!
-
but showed evidence of an early human housing
-
to Cinque Terre in Italy and Sintra in Portugal
-
as to equal that of the famous Great Wall of China
-
but also a town of parks and flowers, villas and
-
who want to be lost in its majestic historical heritage
-
combined with the beauty of a crystal clear sea
-
who pioneered the Romantic spirit in the eighteenth century
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
4 |
3 |
6 |
5 |
7 |
Task 70
Beautiful cities of Italy
The political and cultural centre of Italy is the ‘Eternal City’, Rome. Ever since the Roman Empire, as its capital, Rome has become famous as a centre of European culture. The most striking sights of Rome are, of course, the Colosseum and the Forum. Once the Colosseum was able to receive about 50 thousand spectators, A __________ and concert halls. The Pantheon, the old temple of all gods, B __________, is also located in Rome.
The second most important town in Italy is Milan. Milan is the capital of fashion and C __________, exhibitions and conferences. The main attraction of Milan is its Cathedral Square, where the monument to the King Victor Emmanuel II is installed. Theatre fans will not be left disappointed by visiting the Theatre of La Scala.
The most popular city among tourists is Venice. The city is unique because it has more than 120 islands, D __________ and 400 bridges. Venice has been known for more than fifteen hundred years, and for E __________. The main area of the city is Saint Mark’s Square with the Cathedral of San Marco. One of the most beautiful buildings in Venice is the Palace of Doges. The other famous attraction is the Grand Canal F______.
In addition to this, there are such beautiful cities in Italy as Naples, Turin, Florence, Genoa, Pisa and the islands of Sardinia and Sicily. All of them are outstanding places to visit.
-
that is the largest in Venice
-
which was built in the early I century
-
that everyone is dreaming about this trip
-
which is comparable with modern stadiums
-
which are сonnected by more than 150 canals
-
the venue for major international festivals
-
that time it produced a lot of attractions
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
4 |
2 |
6 |
5 |
7 |
1 |
Task 71
City of fountains
Peterhof is a monument of world architecture and palace and park art. Peterhof includes a palace and park ensemble of the 18-19th centuries, A__________. Peterhof is a city of fountains as it contains 173 fountains and 4 cascades B__________. Each year up to 3 million people come here to enjoy the splendour of numerous fountains and the unique parks of Peterhof.
The name Peterhof was first mentioned in 1705. It was a coastal manor, close to which the construction of a grand country residence began. The original plan belonged to Peter the Great. After the brilliant victory of Russian troops over the Swedes, security of St. Petersburg both from the land C__________. Since that time, the construction of the Peterhof residence grew immensely in scope.
According to the plan of Peter the Great, on the one hand, Peterhof was meant to be equal in splendour with the most famous royal residences in Europe, D__________ to access the Baltic Sea. Both were successfully done. The Great Palace was built on a natural hill here, E__________. Following the plan of Peter the Great, F__________, the Grand Cascade with the famous Samson fountain was constructed. This is still one of the most spectacular fountains in the world. In 1990 the palaces and parks of Peterhof were included in the list of the world heritage of UNESCO.
-
and from the sea has been firmly ensured
-
which is a former royal countryside residence
-
who designs many royal residences in Europe
-
and then rebuilt in the baroque style in the 18th century
-
who wanted to decorate the main entrance with waterfalls
-
that are located in the park on the coast of the Gulf of Finland
-
and on the other hand, to become a monument of Russia’s struggle
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
6 |
1 |
7 |
4 |
5 |
Task 72
Sights of Sochi
Sochi is unique among other Russian cities because it has many aspects of a subtropical resort. Apart from the scenic Caucasus Mountains, pebble and sand beaches, the city attracts tourists with its vegetation, numerous parks, monuments, and extravagant architecture. About two million people visit Greater Sochi each summer, A__________. The famous Caucasian Biosphere Reserve, B__________, lies just north from the city.
Popularity of Sochi among tourists is largely explained by the beauty of its surroundings. Walking along the river Agura, everyone will admire the nature around, C__________, and amazing waterfalls. From the bridge over the Agura opens a magnificent view to the lowest Agura waterfall. In the shady Agura gorge tourists will feel the gentle coolness, D__________.
Akhun Mountain the biggest in the region has a beautiful tower on the top. The height of the tower is more than 30 metres, E__________ are stunning. The observation platform on the top of the tower gives a chance to take superb pictures of the city. Every year thousands of people visit this stone tower, F__________ the perfect view of the Black Sea coast and the Caucasus Mountains. It is a truly unforgettable experience. Tourists will enjoy visiting all the sights and the resort itself, full of exotic green and the boundless blue of the Black Sea.
-
and the views that open from it
-
which is built on the top to give visitors
-
when the subtropical resort is almost empty
-
which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site
-
enjoying the sound of birds singing and waterfalls gurgling
-
when the city is home to the annual film festival “Kinotavr”
-
including high cliffs, exotic vegetation, breathtaking canyons
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
6 |
4 |
7 |
5 |
1 |
2 |
Task 73
Saint Petersburg
A city of palaces and museums, broad avenues and narrow canals, St. Petersburg’s short history is rich in architectural and artistic treasures. Alongside world-famous attractions such as the Hermitage and St. Isaac’s Cathedral, the city has a lot of equally interesting buildings A__________. St. Petersburg is considered to be Russia’s cultural capital. It reflects the country’s extraordinary fate like no other city.
St. Petersburg is a relatively young city, by both Russian and European standards, as B__________. Despite its short life, the city has a rich history. From the early days of Peter the Great to modern times, the city has always bustled with life and intrigue.
Lying across the delta of the Neva River, St. Petersburg, the Venice of the North, is a city C__________, some of which are well-known for their unique history. Bridges are an essential part of the city’s architectural make-up. Among the city’s over 500 bridges, there are numerous technological masterpieces. The centre of the city offers vast areas of green space, D__________.
St. Petersburg is a beautiful and fascinating holiday destination and one E__________. Whether to visit the city in a romantic and snowy Russian winter F__________, visitors will be spellbound by
St. Petersburg’s culture and beauty.
-
that is built on hundreds of islands
-
or during the dazzling white nights in summer
-
it was only founded in 1703 by Tsar Peter the Great
-
or considering a variety of the trip accommodation offers
-
that reveal the mysterious and tragic genius of St. Petersburg
-
of the most intriguing and historically significant cities in Europe
-
including beautiful historic gardens and extensive leisure parks
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
5 |
3 |
1 |
7 |
6 |
2 |
Task 74
State Hermitage Museum
The Hermitage is St. Petersburg’s most popular visitor attraction, and one of the world’s largest and most prestigious museums. It is a must-see for all first-time travellers to the city. With over 3 million items in its collection, it also rewards repeat visits, A__________ of the riches on offer here, from Impressionist masterpieces to fascinating Oriental treasures. It was estimated B__________ on display for just one minute. So many visitors prefer a guided tour to ensure C__________ highlights. Art-lovers, however, may find it more rewarding to seek out for themselves the works D__________.
The bulk of the Hermitage collection is housed in the Winter Palace, E__________. However, there are a number of other sites that constitute part of the Hermitage, including the recently opened Storage Facility in the north of St. Petersburg. It offers guided tours through some of the museum’s vast stocks. The magnificent General Staff Building opposite the Winter Palace is most famous for its central triumphal arch, F__________ Nevsky Prospekt. The General Staff Building contains a number of unique exhibitions. It includes the Modern European Art, probably the most visited section of the Hermitage with well-known collections of Picasso and Matisse, as well as a wealth of popular Impressionist paintings.
-
that they are particularly interested in
-
that they have time to catch all the collection’s
-
and new-comers can only hope to get a brief taste
-
which brings pedestrians out on to Palace Square from
-
that one would need eleven years to view each exhibit
-
which was the official residence of the Russian emperors
-
and the exhibition was often visited by military historians
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
3 |
5 |
2 |
1 |
6 |
4 |
Task 75
Letniy Sad
Letniy Sad (The Summer Garden) is a park ensemble, a monument of landscape art of the 18th century. Letniy Sad is the oldest park in St. Petersburg. The park was founded by Peter I in 1704. The Tsar dreamed of his own Versailles and drew its original plan himself. He planned to create a regular, architectural park with accurate layout and straight paths. Prominent architects and gardeners took part in its creation. The park was supposed to become a place of relaxation, A__________.
Letniy Sad is surrounded by water. Natural boundary of the park from the north and east are the Neva and Fontanka Rivers, B__________.
Peter I brought sculptures from Italy for the park and was very proud of them. In the 18th century there were more than two hundred sculptures, C__________, or moved to suburban royal residences and the Hermitage. Now Letniy Sad is decorated with 90 sculptures – copies made of artificial marble.
In May, 2012 Letniy Sad was opened after reconstruction. The reconstruction work had been going on for about three years, D__________ Letniy Sad as it was in the 18th century. Among the new items in Letniy Sad, there is the Archaeological Museum, E__________ during the restoration of the park. Visitors can take a tour of the park F__________ on Sundays.
-
and restorers have done everything possible to keep
-
combining the features of urban and suburban estates
-
which are planned to be the centre of scientific research
-
which contains interesting objects found by archaeologists
-
but later many of them were either destroyed in the flood
-
and enjoy the exhibitions and performances of a brass band
-
and from the south and west – the Moika River and the Lebyazhiy Canal
|
Ответ |
A |
B |
C |
D |
E |
F |
|
2 |
7 |
5 |
1 |
4 |
6 |
55
Добавил:
Vezen
Опубликованный материал нарушает ваши авторские права? Сообщите нам.
Вуз:
Предмет:
Файл:
Скачиваний:
27753
Добавлен:
20.06.2014
Размер:
2.46 Mб
Скачать
|
Practice Test 12 |
ЧАСТЬ 1 – АУДИРОВАНИЕ |
3Вы услышите девушку, рассказывающую о своём путешествии в Южную Америку. В заданиях А8–А14 обведите цифру 1, 2 или 3, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа. Вы услышите запись дважды.
14A8 The narrator wanted to go to South America because 1 she had enjoyed working on a project about it.
2 she wanted to see the nature there. 3 her father had told her a lot about it.
15A9 The narrator’s parents were worried that she 1 would get homesick while she was away. 2 wouldn’t come back from South America. 3 wanted to travel by herself.
16A10 The narrator says that she was surprised by
1 how well she did in her exams.
2 how long her trip took to plan.
3 how relaxed her parents were about the trip.
17A11 The narrator decided to do volunteer work because 1 some friends recommended it to her.
2 she thought it would be the most enjoyable way to spend her time. 3 she thought it would impress future employers.
18A12 Regarding her time in the mountain village, the narrator suggests that 1 it passed very quickly.
2 she would have liked to stay longer.
3 it had made her want to become a teacher.
19A13 The narrator says that she is glad that, while on her trip, she 1 spent time getting to know the locals.
2 knew how to speak some Spanish.
3 visited every country in South America.
20A14 Now that she is back from her trip, the narrator 1 is keen to travel again.
2 is recovering from an illness she caught in South America. 3 is considering going to university in South America.
93
|
ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ |
Practice Test 12 |
1Установите соответствие между заголовками A–Н и текстами 1–7. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу B2. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании один заголовок лишний.
A A better method
B Responsible shopping
C Lucky winners
DHelp from nature
1 Two families – one from London, and one from Liverpool – have won last night’s national lottery. Speaking from outside their home in London’s East End, Mr and Mrs Miller said that they will ‘not let the money change their lives’ and that they will both be at work as usual on Monday morning. The Liverpool family, who do not wish to be named, plan to move abroad.
2 For many years now, Changi Airport in Singapore has been voted the world’s best airport by airline travellers. Changi Airport does not simply provide travellers with wonderful restaurants and shops in a calm and pleasant atmosphere. You can also swim in its rooftop swimming pool, have a massage in one of its spas, sit quietly in the ‘garden’ area of its main hall, or watch TV in comfortable chairs while waiting for your flight.
3Before the invention of the compass, sailors looked to the sun in the daytime and to the stars at night to help them find their way across the oceans. For example, by locating Polaris (or ‘the North Star’) in the night sky, sailors could identify the direction of North. This is because Polaris never moves from its position in the night sky directly above the North Pole.
4Long ago, zoos obtained their animals by going out into the wild and capturing them. Today, this happens very rarely. For one thing, it is extremely stressful for the animals involved and there is a high risk of injury.
E A great shopping experience
F Working to protect animals
G Everything you need
H Waiting in comfort
Also, wild animals often carry diseases that would harm the other animals in the zoo. Today, therefore, most zoos get their animals from the captive breeding programmes of other zoos.
5Gyms these days are full of all kinds of fancy exercise equipment; treadmills, rowing machines, exercise bikes, resistance machines and much more. But the biggest gyms also have swimming pools, steam rooms and cafeterias. They offer classes in yoga, dance, aerobics and many other forms of exercise. And they have expert trainers on hand to answer all your fitness questions.
6Here is one thing that we can all do to help species that are close to extinction. When travelling overseas, be very careful not to buy any souvenirs that have been made from species nearing extinction. This means avoiding purchasing items made from ivory, coral and fur and also ‘medicinal’ products as they often contain rhino, tiger and bear parts.
7Wildlife parks and zoos are very educational places but perhaps their greatest purpose is the conservation of endangered species. Animal centres all around the world work together in order to breed rare and endangered species. For example, today there are only a few hundred giant pandas left in the wild. If breeding programmes and conservation efforts are successful, future generations may still be able to see these beautiful animals in the flesh, not just in books.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
B2 C |
H |
D |
A |
G |
B |
F |
94
|
Practice Test 12 |
ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ |
2 Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски 1–6 частями предложений, обозначенными буквами A–G. Одна из частей в списке А–G лишняя. Занесите букву, обозначающую соответствующую часть предложения, в таблицу B3.
In 2004, a grave containing the skeletons of a human and a cat, lying close together, was excavated in Cyprus.
The grave was around 9,500 years old, 1) …….. .
The ancient Egyptians kept cats as pets,
2) …….. .
People often placed statues of cats outside their homes, 3) …….. . When a cat died, their former owners and the other occupants of the house would go into deep mourning and would often even shave their eyebrows as a sign of grief.
Moreover, cats were frequently mummified and bowls of milk and dead rats and mice were placed in their tombs, 4) …….. .
Awhich seems very strange to modern cultures
Band showed that cats had been kept by humans for far longer than we had previously thought
Cso that they would have food for their journey into the afterlife
Das they kept rats and mice away from homes
Cats were so respected in ancient Egypt that they were even protected by law. People could be sentenced to death if they killed a cat, 5) …….. .
One record documents the execution of an unfortunate Roman soldier whose chariot had run over a cat.
There are many tomb scenes that show cats as part of everyday life in ancient Egypt. They often showed them wearing jewellery including earrings, necklaces and fancy collars. The Egyptians even took their cats on hunting expeditions, 6) …….. .
Today, it is estimated that there are over 600 million domestic cats around the world, which makes the cat the most popular of all pets. However, the cat no longer has any religious significance in any culture.
Eand they also worshipped the cat like one of their gods
Fbecause they believed that this would protect the inhabitants
G even by accident
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
B3 B |
E |
F |
C |
G |
A |
95
|
ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ |
Practice Test 12 |
3Прочитайте рассказ и выполните задания А15–А21. В каждом задании обведите цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.
A New Life
“Are you looking for a room?” the man had asked. We’d only just got off the bus. Ian was still pulling the bags out of the luggage
prices,” the man
A15
We’d been all around the country that summer, finding temporary work to pay for our travels. Ian had grown up in a village, so
A16
the local farmers had been happy to hire him to help them out for a week or two. I’m a city boy myself, but because I’m pretty well-built I didn’t have a problem either. Of course, that meant that I got all the heavy work!
Once we had collected our bags, we followed the man up a nearby side-street. He didn’t stop talking the whole way. After a few twists
That first night we strolled around the town to see what opportunities there might be for work. Our last job had given us enough to live off for a few weeks so we weren’t desperate,
A19
possible. Everyone we met was very friendly and we went back to our rooms feeling quite optimistic.
Within a couple of days, I had started work
at a fish restaurant in the town washing up the
A20
pots and dishes. Maybe it wasn’t the best job in the world, but after weeks of manual labour in the fields it was a welcome change. I could watch the chef preparing the food and sometimes, when the restaurant was particularly busy, I would help him. He knew
these rooms would be too expensive for us. The man must have read my thoughts. “Now, normally I’d be asking twice as much for these rooms,” he began, “but you’re in luck because the tourist season is practically over.”
The rooms were perfect. The décor was slightly shabby but, as if to make up for it, the balcony had a stunning view over the town. We decided to stay for a month initially, and depending on what happened, we would come to an arrangement after that. It was a relief to be settled somewhere, if only for a few weeks. I could now pack my suitcase in record time and we’d met so many people that I’d lost count. Sometimes when I was introduced to yet another stranger I would change my name, just to make it more interesting.
tasted amazing. I’d go home at night and write down the recipes and tips that I’d learnt.
Our first month in the town came to an end and we decided to stay for another three. Ian had found some painting and decorating work and I was quite happy. Those three months turned into six, and before I knew it I had been at the restaurant for a whole year. The chef asked me if I would like to become his assistant — he said I had a natural gift for cooking. So that’s how I ended up here, ten years later, as Head Chef at Alberto’s Fish
Restaurant. Ian is still here as well, running
A21
his own decorating business. One day I hope to achieve something similar for myself, too.
96
|
Practice Test 12 |
ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ |
|||
|
The man waiting at the bus stop was very |
||||
|
14 |
||||
|
A15 |
1 |
|||
|
rude. |
||||
|
2 |
impatient. |
|||
|
3 |
unhelpful. |
|||
|
4 |
persistent. |
15A16 The farmers gave the narrator and his friend Ian work because
1 they thought they would be suitable for it.
2 they needed seasonal workers.
3 they had known Ian since he was young.
4 they found both boys cheerful and friendly.
16A17 The narrator thought the rooms could be too expensive after he realised 1 how popular they were.
2 what time of year it was.
3 how nice the exterior was.
4 where they were.
17A18 In paragraph four, the narrator suggests that he had become tired of 1 staying in hotels.
2 packing his suitcase.
3 moving from place to place.
4 meeting new people.
18A19 In paragraph five, the narrator uses the phrase ‘put out feelers’ to mean 1 meet as many people as possible.
2 speak to people to get information about work.
3 find a suitable job to earn some money.
4 get to know a new place.
19A20 The narrator enjoyed his new job because 1 all his food was cooked for him.
2 it was different from his previous jobs.
3 his boss took an interest in teaching him to cook. 4 the time passed quickly.
20A21 In the final paragraph, we learn that the narrator 1 would like to start a business with Ian.
2 regrets staying so long at Alberto’s restaurant.
3 hopes that his career as a chef will continue to advance. 4 wishes that he had achieved as much as Ian.
97
ЧАСТЬ 3 – ГРАММАТИКА И ЛЕКСИКА Practice Test 12
1Прочитайте приведённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, сло* ва, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номера* ми B4–B10, так, чтобы они грамматически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию из группы B4–B10.
|
B4 |
was |
|
B5 |
was trying |
|
B6 |
will find |
|
B7 |
had passed |
|
B8 |
have been given |
|
|
B9 |
had left |
|
|
B10 |
fixed |
2 Прочитайте приведённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В11–B16, так, чтобы они грамматически и лексически соответ* ствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию из группы В11–В16.
The Trans Siberian Railway
|
Travelling on the |
Trans Siberian |
Express is an |
extraordinary journey. It |
is the |
longest |
|||||
|
continuous |
||||||||||
|
B11 |
railway in the world — 10,000 kilometres long, or one third of the distance |
|||||||||
|
around |
the globe. |
Travellers on |
the Trans Siberian railway describe the |
journey |
as a(n) |
|||||
|
amazing |
||||||||||
|
B129) |
adventure; seven days or more of exotic travel from Moscow to Vladivostok. |
|||||||||
|
10)B13 |
conversation |
with other passengers that |
||||||||
|
However, many travellers say that it is the |
||||||||||
makes the journey special. You can spend many hours making new friends and discussing the
|
landscape of the Ural Mountains and Siberia. |
||||||||||
|
You can either stay on |
the |
train |
for the |
whole journey |
or, |
if |
you are |
feeling more |
||
|
1B14) |
adventurous |
, |
you |
can |
arrange |
stops along the |
way. |
A |
stopover |
at Irkutsk is |
|
recommended for a few days. Here you can explore the city and visit the |
12)B15 |
beautiful |
|
Lake Baikal; the deepest lake in the world. |
The journey ends on the east coast of Russia in Vladivostok, whose name means “Lord of the East”. However you decide to spend your time on the Trans Siberian Express, it will be an extremely
|
13)B16 |
memorable |
experience. |
CONTINUE
AMAZE CONVERSE
ADVENTURE BEAUTY
MEMORY
98
|
Practice Test 12 |
ЧАСТЬ 3 – ГРАММАТИКА И ЛЕКСИКА |
3Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22–А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям A22–A28, в которых представлены возмож* ные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.
The Report Card
John had never been very good 14)A22…….. sports. He simply wasn’t an athletic kind of person. He knew it, his
friends knew it, and his gym teachers at school had known it, too. On his school report for the year 1992, his
|
Physical Education teacher had written: ‘John tries very |
……..15)A23 |
in class, but achieves below average results.’ |
|||
|
The teacher had obviously thought that it would be a good idea to mention John’s effort, but he only |
|||||
|
16)A24…….. |
|||||
|
in emphasising his failure. |
|||||
|
As an adult in his |
thirties, John did everything he could to avoid playing any sort of sport. Whenever |
||||
|
17)A25……… |
his friends were trying to organise a friendly game of football, or his boss needed to find a tennis partner, John
would always 18)A26…….. an excuse. Once, he even faked an injury so that he didn’t have to take 19)A27…….. in
a basketball game. But it was only when John had to explain to his new girlfriend why he couldn’t play squash with
|
her that he decided that his problem with sports had gone on for long enough. It was |
……..20)A28 |
to change. |
|||||||||
|
A22 |
1 |
for |
2 |
at |
3 |
to |
4 |
on |
|||
|
A23 |
1 |
strongly |
2 |
well |
3 |
heavily |
4 |
hard |
|||
|
A24 |
1 |
achieved |
2 |
succeeded |
3 |
managed |
4 |
ended |
|||
|
A25 |
1 |
beginning |
2 |
young |
3 |
early |
4 |
opening |
|||
|
A26 |
1 |
make up |
2 |
find out |
3 |
put up |
4 |
think over |
|||
|
A27 |
1 |
position |
2 |
role |
3 |
place |
4 |
part |
|||
|
A28 |
1 |
time |
2 |
moment |
3 |
season |
4 |
point |
ЧАСТЬ 4 – ПИСЬМО
C11 You have received a letter from your English speaking pen friend Jack who writes:
… Well, my exams start next week and I’m feeling a little stressed even though I’ve studied hard. How often do you have exams at your school? Do you like taking exams? How do you
cope with the pressure?
It’s my best friend John’s birthday this weekend …
Write a letter to Jack. In your letter ● answer his questions
● ask 3 questions about his best friend’s birthday Write 100 140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.
C22 Comment on the following statement.
“Extreme sports have become more and more popular. However, some say that they are too risky.”
What is your opinion? Does the thrill of the sport outweigh the risk? Write 200 250 words.
Use the following plan:
●write an introduction (state the problem/topic)
●express your personal opinion and give reasons for it
●give arguments for the other point of view and explain why you don’t agree with it
●draw a conclusion
99
|
ЧАСТЬ 1 – АУДИРОВАНИЕ |
Practice Test 13 |
1 Вы услышите высказывания шести людей о путешествиях. Установите соответствие между высказываниями каждого говорящего 1–6 и утверждениями, данными в списке A–G. Используйте каждое утверждение, обозначенное буквой,
только один раз. В задании есть одно лишнее утверждение. Вы услышите запись дважды. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу B1.
A I appreciate travelling for my job.
B I have found a way to travel quite cheaply.
C I don’t have to travel far to find what I want. D I prefer to travel by myself.
E Thinking about my holiday helps me to cope with my busy schedule. F I think people should think about the negative effects of travelling. G I want to travel more but I have a problem that stops me.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
|
B1 C |
E |
F |
A |
G |
B |
2Вы услышите беседу двух друзей о мобильных телефонах и Интернете. Определите, какие из приведённых утверждений А1–А7 соответствуют содержанию текста (1– True), какие не соответствуют (2 – False) и о чём в тексте не сказано, то есть на основании текста нельзя дать ни положи’ тельного, ни отрицательного ответа (3 – Not stated). Вы услышите запись дважды. Обведите правильный ответ.
A17 Laura is looking at mobile phones in a shop window.
|
1 True |
2 False |
3 Not stated |
A28 Dave doesn’t own a mobile phone.
|
1 |
True |
2 |
False |
3 |
Not stated |
||
|
A39 |
Dave believes that using technology has made people more anti-social. |
||||||
|
1 |
True |
2 |
False |
3 |
Not stated |
||
|
Both Laura and Dave would like to use the Internet when they are not at home. |
|||||||
|
A410 |
|||||||
|
1 |
True |
2 |
False |
3 |
Not stated |
||
|
Dave is worried about the Internet having harmful effects on young people. |
|||||||
|
A511 |
|||||||
|
1 |
True |
2 |
False |
3 |
Not stated |
A612 Laura’s parents monitor her use of the Internet.
|
1 True |
2 False |
3 Not stated |
A713 In the end, Laura decides not to buy an Internet phone.
|
1 True |
2 False |
3 Not stated |
100
|
Practice Test 13 |
ЧАСТЬ 1 – АУДИРОВАНИЕ |
3Вы услышите рассказ молодого человека о вегетарианстве. В заданиях А8–А14 обведите цифру 1, 2 или 3, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа. Вы услышите запись дважды.
A814 While growing up, the narrator ate food that was 1 unhealthy.
2 badly cooked.
3 not very varied.
A915 The narrator says his university served food that was 1 liked only by the foreign students.
2 good value but not very healthy.
3 worse than what he was used to.
A1016 The narrator tried a vegetarian dish because
1 his vegetarian friends encouraged him to.
2 he thought the quality might be better.
3 the meat dishes had started to make him ill.
A1117 After he started eating vegetarian meals, the narrator
1 realised his attitude towards vegetarians had been wrong.
2 began to really dislike the smell of meat.
3 began to lose weight.
A1218 While deciding whether to become a vegetarian or not, the narrator
1 did some research into vegetarianism.
2 continued to eat some meat.
3 realised how healthy he felt.
A1319 The narrator finally made his decision based on
1 what he found out about the benefits of vegetarianism. 2 how much healthier he was feeling.
3 the opinions of others.
A1420 The narrator’s parents
1 are slowly accepting his decision to be a vegetarian. 2 are now thinking about becoming vegetarians too. 3 are unhappy that he is a vegetarian.
101
|
ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ |
Practice Test 13 |
1Установите соответствие между заголовками A–Н и текстами 1–7. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу B2. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании один заголовок лишний.
A Travel with a purpose
B Make a discovery
C Getting a good view
DA difficult task
1 For hundreds of years, people have been competing in bizarre ‘gurning’ contests around England. What is gurning? Well, it is simply the act of making the ugliest face possible. Some elderly people can make some spectacular gurns. If they have false teeth, they can take them out and bring their lower lip so far up that it can cover their nose! But even younger people can make amazing gurns – just look at celebrity Jim Carrey!
2Thousands of spectators line the route of the Tour de France bike race each year, trying to see over other people’s heads. Then when the competitors pass, they flash by so quickly that it is hard to get even a glimpse of them. Therefore, it’s worth buying a tour guide with route information so that you can plan well in advance the best place to stand to see your favourite cyclists speed by.
3The goal of responsible tourism is to help people in need as well as the holidaymakers themselves. Some tour operators, for example, organise charity bike rides. Visitors cycle around places of interest following a pre-arranged route. They enjoy a valuable new experience and at the same time part of the cost of the holiday is donated to local community projects.
4The Sibit-sibit Festival is held each year to give tourists a rich and colourful picture of the history of Olongapo in the Philippines. Sibit-sibits are ancient paddle boats that
E Greatest invention
F An unusual competition
G Keeping traditions alive
H Still popular today
were used by fishing villages. During past celebrations, fishermen held races and won with their great physical strength alone. Today, the traditional Sibit-sibit Festival is a lively and enchanting event that brings together Olongapo’s rich past, successful present and promising future.
5Bicycles were first introduced in the 19th century and there are now over one billion of them worldwide. Many people still prefer this eco-friendly mode of transport. Postmen, delivery personnel and even police officers can often be seen riding bicycles.
6The Archaeological Seminars Foundation offers visitors of all ages the opportunity to ‘Dig for a Day’. This programme allows the unskilled enthusiast to get their hands dirty while getting the chance to make a fabulous discovery. Activities include digging, pottery examination and touring the latest excavation site. Thousands of people have already participated in this memorable experience!
7What is the most important mechanical invention of all time? The wheel no doubt! The earliest known use of the wheel was probably the potter’s wheel in 3500 BC in Mesopotamia. Interestingly enough, the wheel was used for manufacturing before it was used for transporting. Today, nearly every machine includes the wheel; from the smallest of pocket watches to the largest of aeroplanes.
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
|
B2 F |
C |
A |
G |
H |
B |
E |
102
Соседние файлы в предмете Английский язык
- #
- #
- #
- #
- #
- #
- #
- #
20.06.20148.88 Mб95Примеры резюме на английском языке.pdf
- #
- #
Пройти тестирование по этим заданиям
Вернуться к каталогу заданий
Версия для печати и копирования в MS Word
1
Тип 10 № 39 
Установите соответствие между заголовками 1–8 и текстами A–G. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.
1. Places to stay in
2. Arts and culture
3. New country image
4. Going out
5. Different landscapes
6. Transport system
7. National languages
8. Eating out
A. Belgium has always had a lot more than the faceless administrative buildings that you can see in the outskirts of its capital, Brussels. A number of beautiful historic cities and Brussels itself offer impressive architecture, lively nightlife, first-rate restaurants and numerous other attractions for visitors. Today, the old-fashioned idea of ‘boring Belgium’ has been well and truly forgotten, as more and more people discover its very individual charms for themselves.
B. Nature in Belgium is varied. The rivers and hills of the Ardennes in the southeast contrast sharply with the rolling plains which make up much of the northern and western countryside. The most notable features are the great forest near the frontier with Germany and Luxembourg and the wide, sandy beaches of the northern coast.
C. It is easy both to enter and to travel around pocket- sized Belgium which is divided into the Dutchspeaking north and the French-speaking south. Officially the Belgians speak Dutch, French and German. Dutch is slightly more widely spoken than French, and German is spoken the least. The Belgians, living in the north, will often prefer to answer visitors in English rather than French, even if the visitor’s French is good.
D. Belgium has a wide range of hotels from 5-star luxury to small family pensions and inns. In some regions of the country, farm holidays are available. There visitors can (for a small cost) participate in the daily work of the farm. There are plenty of opportunities to rent furnished villas, flats, rooms, or bungalows for a holiday period. These holiday houses and flats are comfortable and well-equipped.
E. The Belgian style of cooking is similar to French, based on meat and seafood. Each region in Belgium has its own special dish. Butter, cream, beer and wine are generously used in cooking. The Belgians are keen on their food, and the country is very well supplied with excellent restaurants to suit all budgets. The perfect evening out here involves a delicious meal, and the restaurants and cafes are busy at all times of the week.
F. As well as being one of the best cities in the world for eating out (both for its high quality and range), Brussels has a very active and varied nightlife. It has 10 theatres which produce plays in both Dutch and French. There are also dozens of cinemas, numerous discos and many night-time cafes in Brussels. Elsewhere, the nightlife choices depend on the size of the town, but there is no shortage of fun to be had in any of the major cities.
G. There is a good system of underground trains, trams and buses in all the major towns and cities. In addition, Belgium’s waterways offer a pleasant way to enjoy the country. Visitors can take a one-hour cruise around the canals of Bruges (sometimes described as the Venice of the North) or an extended cruise along the rivers and canals linking the major cities of Belgium and the Netherlands.
| Текст | A | B | C | D | E | F | G |
| Заголовок |
2
Тип 10 № 85
Установите соответствие между заголовками 1–8 и текстами A–G. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.
1. Places to stay in
2. Public transport
3. Cultural differences
4. Nightlife
5. Camping holidays
6. Contacts with neighbours
7. Different landscapes
8. Eating out
A. Sweden is a land of contrast, from the Danish influence of the southwest to the Laplanders wandering freely with their reindeer in the wild Arctic north. And while Sweden in cities is stylish and modern, the countryside offers many simpler pleasures for those who look for peace and calm. The land and its people have an air of reserved calm, and still the world’s best-selling pop group Abba, which used to attract crowds of hysterical fans, come from Sweden.
B. Historically, Sweden has an interesting story. Its dealings with the outside world began, in fact, during Viking times, when in addition to the well- known surprise attacks of the nearby lands, there was much trading around the Baltic, mostly in furs and weapons. Swedish connections with the other Scandinavian countries, Norway and Denmark, have been strong since the Middle Ages. The monarchies of all three are still closely linked.
C. Sweden’s scenery has a gentler charm than that of neighbouring Norway’s rocky coast. Much of Sweden is forested, and there are thousands lakes, notably large pools near the capital, Stockholm. The lakeside resort in the centre of Sweden is popular with Scandinavians, but most visitors prefer first the Baltic islands. The largest island, Gotland, with its ruined medieval churches, is a particular attraction.
D. Sweden boasts a good range of hotels, covering the full spectrum of prices and standards. Many of them offer discounts in summer and at weekends during the winter. In addition, working farms throughout Sweden offer accommodation, either in the main farmhouse or in a cottage nearby. Forest cabins and chalets are also available throughout the country, generally set in beautiful surroundings, near lakes, in quiet forest glades or on an island in some remote place.
E. Living in a tent or caravan with your family or friends at weekends and on holiday is extremely popular in Sweden and there is a fantastic variety of special places. Most are located on a lakeside or by the sea with free bathing facilities close at hand. There are over 600 campsites in the country. It is often possible to rent boats or bicycles, play mini-golf or tennis, ride a horse or relax in a sauna. It is also possible to camp in areas away from other houses.
F. Swedes like plain meals, simply prepared from the freshest ingredients. As a country with a sea coast and many freshwater lakes, fish dishes are found on all hotel or restaurant menus. Top-class restaurants in Sweden are usually fairly expensive, but even the smallest towns have reasonably priced self-service restaurants and grill bars. Many restaurants all over Sweden offer a special dish of the day at a reduced price that includes main course, salad, soft drink and coffee.
G. Stockholm has a variety of pubs, cafes, clubs, restaurants, cinemas and theatres but in the country evenings tend to be very calm and peaceful. From August to June the Royal Ballet performs in Stockholm. Music and theatre productions take place in many cities during the summer in the open air. Outside Stockholm in the 18th-century palace there are performances of 18th-century opera very popular with tourists.
| Говорящий | A | B | C | D | E | F | G |
| Утверждение |
3
Установите соответствие между заголовками 1–8 и текстами A–G. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.
1. Education
2. Way of life
3. Public transport
4. Geography
5. Places to stay in
6. Favourite food
7. Hot spots for kids
8. Nightlife
A. Denmark, a small kingdom in northern Europe, has a lot of interesting places for tourists with children. For example, Legoland, a theme park, has become the largest tourist attraction in Denmark outside its capital Copenhagen. And Copenhagen itself is world famous for its Tivoli Gardens amusement park, which opened in 1843 in the heart of the city. The park offers ballet and circus performances, restaurants, concerts, and fireworks displays.
B. Denmark is the smallest Scandinavian country, consisting of the Jutland peninsula, north of Germany, and over 400 islands of various sizes, some inhabited and linked to the mainland by ferry or bridge. Throughout the country, low hills provide a constant change of attractive views; there are also cool and shady forests of beech trees, large areas of open land covered with rough grass, a beautiful lake district, sand dunes and white cliffs on the coast.
C. More than four-fifths of all Danes live in towns. The main cities represent a combination of medieval buildings, such as castles and cathedrals, and modern office buildings and homes. Denmark’s high standard of living and wide-ranging social services guarantee that the cities have no poor districts. Most people in the cities live in flats. But in the suburbs many also live in single-family houses.
D. Denmark’s fine beaches attract many visitors, and there are hotels and pensions in all major seaside resorts. Besides, excellent inns are to be found all over the country. Some are small and only serve local travellers, but others are adapted to the tourist and have established reputations for both international dishes and local specialities. There are also private rooms to let, usually for one night, and chalets all over Denmark.
E. There is a wide selection of places to go out in the evening, particularly in Copenhagen. Jazz and dance clubs in the capital city are top quality and world-famous performers appear regularly. There are numerous cafes, beer gardens and speciality beer bars. Entertainment available includes opera at the recently opened opera house in Copenhagen, ballet and theatre at a number of places in the larger cities, and live music of all kinds.
F. Most Danes eat four meals a day — breakfast, lunch, dinner, and a late-evening supper. Breakfast generally consists of cereal, cheese, or eggs. Dinner, which includes fish or meat, is usually the only hot meal. A traditional Danish dinner consists of roast duckling stuffed with apples, served with red cabbage and boiled potatoes. The other Danish meals consist mostly of sandwiches.
G. Almost all adult Danes can read and write. Danish law requires children to attend nine years of school. Primary school consists of the first seven grades, and secondary school lasts from three to five years. A five-year secondary school student can enter a university. Denmark has three universities. The University of Copenhagen is the oldest and largest. It was founded in 1479 and has about 24,000 students.
| Текст | A | B | C | D | E | F | G |
| Заголовок |
4
Установите соответствие между заголовками 1–8 и текстами A–G. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.
1. Education: the Way to the Top
2. From Agony to Love
3. Teaching to Learn
4. Learning That Never Stops
5. Things Worth Learning
6. The Right Word Can Bring Changes
7. What My Father Taught Me
8. The Power of Numbers
A. Education has the power to transform a person’s life. I am the living example of this. When I was on the streets, I thought I was not good at anything but I wrote a poem, and it got published. I went back to school to learn. I have learned the benefit of research and reading, of debate and listening. One day soon a group of fresh-faced college students will call me professor.
B. Language has the capacity to change the world and the way we live in it. People are often afraid to call things by their direct names, use taboos not to notice dangerous tendencies. Freedom begins with naming things. This has to happen in spite of political climates, careers being won or lost, and the fear of being criticized. After Helen Caldicott used the word ‘nuclear arms race’ an anti-nuclear movement appeared.
C. I never wanted to be a teacher. Yet years later, I find myself teaching high school English. I consider my job to be one of the most important aspects of my life, still I do not teach for the love of teaching. I am a teacher because I love to learn, and I have come to realize that the best way to learn is to teach.
D. One day my sister and I got one and the same homework. My sister finished the task in 2 minutes and went off to play. But I could not do it, so I went into my sister’s room and quickly copied her work. But there was one small problem: my father caught me. He didn’t punish me, but explained that cheating makes people feel helpless. And then I was left feeling guilty for cheating.
E. Lifelong learning does not mean spending all my time reading. It is equally important to get the habit of asking such questions as ‘what don’t I know about this topic, or subject?’, ‘what can I learn from this moment or person?’, and ‘what more do I need to learn?’ regardless of where I am, who I am talking to, or what I am doing.
F. Math has always been something that I am good at. Mathematics attracts me because of its stability. It has logic; it is dependable and never changes. There might be some additions to the area of mathematics, but once mathematics is created, it is set in stone. We would not be able to check emails or play videogames without the computer solving complex algorithms.
G. When my high school English teacher asked us to read Shakespeare, I thought it was boring and too difficult. I agonized over the syntax — I had never read anything like this. But now I am a Shakespeare professor, and enjoy teaching Hamlet every semester. Each time I re-read the play, I find and learn something new for myself.
| Текст | A | B | C | D | E | F | G |
| Заголовок |
5
Установите соответствие между заголовками 1–8 и текстами A–G. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.
1. Not Just Fun
2. Running For Heart and Mind
3. United By The Game
4. I Want To Be A Coach
5. Team Work in Sport and Life
6. Next Year We Win
7. Learning From Father
8. School between Practices
A. I believe playing sports is more than an activity to fill your day, it can teach important life lessons. When I was a child, my dad spent a lot of time teaching me how to play different sports. He told me that if I can succeed in sports, I can succeed at anything in life. He used to say, ‘It’s not about how good you become. It’s about working hard to get where you want to be.’
B. I like bicycles. Group rides help me to get new skills and make new friends. I try to apply the tactics of group riding to team work in the real world. In the perfect group ride, each rider takes a turn leading the pack, while the others enjoy the benefits of drafting. I think this way of working is a great method for approaching a group task anywhere.
C. I believe in the power of running. Running should not be a battle for your body but rather a rest for your mind. I felt this last fall, when I was running in the park. Suddenly I felt as if I could have run forever, as if I could use running as a source of therapy for my body. Running allows the body to release different types of stress and even change our understanding of life.
D. My father coached basketball every day of his life, and I was right there with him in the gym watching him work his magic. Basketball appears entertaining and exciting. But the path to success is not simple. My father always told me, ‘Nothing is free.’ I took this advice and ran with it. I truly believe that only practice and determination lead to success.
E. Baseball is so much more than a sport. One of the powers of baseball is that it brings people together. It unites fans of all ages, genders, and nationalities. No matter who you are, you can be a baseball fan. My mom and I have one unspoken rule: no matter what has been going on before, no fighting at the game.
F. I believe that you must always be loyal to the sport teams you support. The teams I follow in the United States generally lose many more than they win. The start of each season brings dreams of victory in baseball, basketball or football, dreams that fade away soon. But then there is always next year. It will be our year for sure.
G. I was determined to join the swim team. I knew I would get my strengths and learn my weaknesses there. Waking up early for 6:30 a.m. practices is what swim team is all about, as it helps us get into state. On a long school day you think about the practice in the pool after school. You want to hear the crowd cheering you, telling you that you have to do more than your best.
| Текст | A | B | C | D | E | F | G |
| Заголовок |
Пройти тестирование по этим заданиям
В данном задании дается связный текст с семью пропусками. В данной части экзамена это самое сложное задание. Для каждого пропуска предлагаются четыре варианта ответа, из которых только один является правильным. За каждый правильно выбранный ответ дается 1 Балл. За все задание можно получить максимально 7 Баллов.
ЦЕЛЬ ЗАДАНИЯ: Проверить умение использовать лексику в коммуникативном контексте с учетом специфики:
Форм одного слова и слов, близких по написанию и звучанию;
Ф Значений одного слова и его синонимов, антонимов, омонимов;
Ф Норм лексической сочетаемости, принятых в английском языке, и т. д.
СОВЕТЫ ПО ЭФФЕКТИВНОМУ ВЫПОЛНЕНИЮ ЗАДАНИЯ
Заранее ознакомиться с форматом задания и с требованиями по заполнению бланков для данного задания.
Во время первого прочтения
Просмотреть текст с пропусками, постараться понять его содержание.
Во время второго прочтения
1. Читать текст до пропуска. При работе с каждым фрагментом текста с пропуском использовать следующую логику:
♦ читать внимательно весь фрагмент, но особое внимание уделить предложению с пропущенным словом;
♦ внимательно изучить все предложенные варианты ответа, выбрать наиболее подходящий с учетом значения и норм лексической сочетаемости пропущенного слова. ОСОБОЕ ВНИМАНИЕ уделить Синонимам (у них могут Быть разные оттенки значения, они могут иметь Различия в управлении и сочетаемости с другими словами), а также Созвучным словам или словам Со сходным написанием (у них могут быть разные значения).
♦ прочитать предложение с пропуском еще раз, убедиться, что выбранное слово является наиболее корректным для заполнения пропуска. ОБОСНОВАТЬ СВОЙ ВЫБОР, определив, почему другие варианты неверны в данном случае. Если задание выполняется Не на экзамене, проверить правильность сделанного выбора По словарю.
2. Обвести/ записать окончательный вариант ответа в тексте задания.
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 1
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22—А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
A New Family Member
Tracey and her sister had always wanted their own horse. And although neither of them had much spare money, they were about to ∣A22∣Their dream. The tricky part was not getting a horse but actually finding somewhere to keep one. But eventually Mrs Richards aGreed to let the girls ∣A23∣A small field at the far end of the farm. This was going to ∣A24∣Them J500 a year but it would work out at just over J20 per month each which was OK. The horse himself was coming from the Horse Rescue Charity. They would need to make a small donation every year to cover the cost of an animal welfare inspector who would visit twice a year. The ∣A25∣ Expenses after this would be for food and vet bills. But the two girls were
∣A26∣That they could manage and were committed to going ahead. And it was a big commitment. They were getting an eighteen month old skewbald colt named Domino. Horses often live over twenty years and the sisters were taking him on A27∣Life. Actually they had plans to get another horse as a friend for Domino. But first of all Domino would need to settle down. He had been badly treated by his previous owners and was still a bit nervous and difficult to ∣A28∣.
|
A22 I |
1) realise |
2) consider |
3) have |
4) believe |
|
A23∣ |
1) borrow |
2) pay |
3) rent |
4) lend |
|
A24 I |
1) charge |
2) fee |
3) pay |
4) cost |
|
A25 I |
1) longest |
2) biggest |
3) hugest |
4) tallest |
|
A26∣ |
1) assured |
2) comfortable |
3) thoughtful |
4) confident |
|
A27∣ |
1) for |
2) during |
3) at |
4) to |
|
A28∣ |
1) deal |
2) agree |
3) handle |
4) cope |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 2
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
Unlucky Travellers
Susan sat down, switched on her computer and was just about to read Her overnight emails when the door flew open. “Valerie! What are you doing here? You are A22∣ to be on holiday in Italy!”
Susan was astonished. She and Val worked together as receptionists at the hospital. Because she had expected to be on her own and working twice as hard, she was quite pleased to see Val. On the other hand she knew that Val was really looking ∣A23∣To her holiday. What could possibly have gone wrong? Val walked in but she didn’t say a ∣A24∣ word. It was clear that she was upset and tired. “What is it? What’s happened?” Susan continued. “Is everything OK?” Valerie was silent for some moments but eventually A25__________________________ . “You clearly haven’t
Heard the news. Our travel company went bankrupt on Friday. We didn’t know and so went to the airport on Saturday morning. Actually we have spent the whole weekend at the airport hoping still to get a flight. In the end we gave ∣A26 and came home”. “Oh you poor thing,” Susan gushed. “Let me make you a cup of tea but then you should go home. You still have two weeks holiday to A27[ Is certainly nice enough at the moment.
To Italy still. We had travel insurance and it seems we will get all our money ∣A28[ We’ll try again in the autumn with a different travel company.”
|
A22 I |
1) proposed |
2) suggested |
3) wanted |
4) supposed |
|
A23∣ |
1) for |
2) around |
3) forward |
4) after |
|
A24∣ |
1)separate |
2) single |
3) one |
4) certain |
|
A25∣ |
1) asked |
2) said |
3) ) spoke |
4) told |
|
A26 I |
1) up |
2) on |
3) to |
4) at |
|
A27∣ |
1) make |
2) take |
3) manage |
4) do |
|
A28∣ |
1) back |
2) still |
3) agreed |
4) together |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 3
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
The Tower of London
‘Her Majesty’s Royal Palace and Fortress’, ‘The Tower’ and ‘The White Tower’ are all names for the building most commonly known as The Tower of London. Construction began in 1078 but work ∣A22∣, on and off, over a period of two hundred years or more.
The Tower was essentially a fortress whose functions eventually extended to that of royal palace, prison, armoury, zoo, Royal Mint and observatory. Since 1303 it has also been used ∣A23∣Storing the Crown Jewels of the United Kingdom. Today, however, The Tower is cared for by an independent charity and receives no funding from the governmEnt or the crown.
The Tower is probably best known for the famous prisoners who were ∣A24∣, and sometimes executed, there. In 1483 the 13-year-old King Edward 5ffi and his 10-year-old brother Richard were murdered there; apparently on the orders of their uncle, the Duke of Gloucester. ∣A25∣The most famous victim of The Tower was Anne Boleyn, the unfortunate second wife of Henry 8th. But Guy Fawkes, Thomas Moore, Sir Walter Raleigh and even the future Queen Elizabeth 1st were all imprisoned behind those fearsome walls.
Most people know the A26∣Legend that if the ravens ever leave The Tower — then the British Monarchy will be doomed. Possibly less people know however that the Tower was also one of the ∣A27∣Zoos. Lions, tigers and large ∣A28∣Of rare and exotic species lived
|
In the Tower gardens over 800 years ago. |
|||||
|
∣A22∣ |
1) lengthened |
2) continued |
3) prolonged |
4) increased |
|
|
A23∣ |
1) as |
2) with |
3) for |
‘∖ |
4) to |
|
A24∣ |
1) captured |
2) maintained |
3) found |
4) held |
|
|
A25 I |
1) Thus |
2) Consequently |
3) Probably |
4) Although |
|
|
A26∣ |
1) ancient |
2) prehistoric |
3) antique |
4) aged |
|
|
A27 I |
1) newest |
2) youngest |
3) earliest |
4) soonest |
|
|
A28 I |
1) figures |
2) groups |
3) herds |
4) numbers |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 4
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
Schools for gifted and talented: view of American scholars
Gifted programs often provoke controversy because there is no standard definition of what a gifted student is. There are six ∣A22 of ability often evaluated in order to determine
∣A23∣A child is gifted: general intellectual ability, specific academic aptitude, creative thinking, leadership ability, visual and performing arts, and psychomotor ability. They are ∣A24∣ by combinations of standardized tests, plus peer and teacher evaluations.
On the one hand schools for gifted and talented may ∣A25∣The emotional stress of isolation and peer rejection often experienced by gifted students in a traditional school. On the other hand — social development of a child may be impeded as a result of isolation from the general population.
We can’t deny the fact that gifted programs offer personalized instruction and enriched curriculum suited to the needs of students gifted in this or that area. Such programs allow students to learn at a highly ∣A26 rate according to their ability. School administrators in such schools hire gifted teaching staff and select teachers who can be a source of instructional innovation.
Such schools normally have smaller classes and in general these schools for the gifted are few. Access ∣A27∣ them may be physically difficult because of their location. Besides, they may be not available for families with limited income asthey may be expensive. If such schools are publicly funded, they may be opposed as elitist and money that might go to traditional schools.
|
A22 I |
1) districts |
2) regions |
3) parts |
4) areas |
|
A23j |
1) whether |
2) wherever |
3) whenever |
4) whereas |
|
A24 I |
1) calculated |
2) quantified |
3) determined |
4) measured |
|
A25∣ |
1) treat |
2) relieve |
3) simplify |
4) improve |
|
A26∣ |
1) hasty |
2) prompt |
3) accelerated |
4) hurried |
|
A27∣ |
1) to |
2) for |
3) at |
4) in |
|
A28∣ |
1) blamed |
2) charged |
3) accused |
4) claimed |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 5
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
From High School to University Students
Some students find transition from secondary school to tertiary education painful. Well- known life is left ∣A22∣ with familiar home and community environment, parents, siblings, friends. Anticipation of unpredictable academic responsibilities and fear of failure, together with fear of disappointing one’s parents and friends ∣A23∣To the stress. They are both ∣A24∣ and afraid of new social responsibilities like dealing with roommates, instructors, male and female student friends. There is fear of not being accepted; fear of loneliness; anxiety and guilt about breaking with the past. They are on the edge of redefining themselves as adults, finding a satisfactory career, abandoning old friends and finding new.
What can be done to ∣A25∣ this stress? Firstly, it’s important to become ∣A26∣ with the university’s scholastic and non-scholastic programs: check the university’s website and request informational brochures. You can also visit the campus and introduce yourself at the Departmental office; talk to students majoring in the Department. If the university can provide the names of roommates, become acquainted in person or by ∣A27∣Prior to classes. Most Universities have orientation programs — first year student assemble on campus for a week before the start of classes. Orientation can be led by Departmental deans, instructors, and majors, introducing new students to academic procedures and standards, enrolling students in their first term classes, assigning ∣A28∣. each new student an upperclassman as mentor to help them adjust to their first year at the university.
|
I A22∣ |
1) back |
2) behind |
3) apart |
4) aside |
|
I A23∣ |
1) multiply |
2) raise |
3) rise |
4) add |
|
I A24∣ |
1) eager |
2) liking |
3) wanting |
4) keen |
|
I A25 I |
1) shorten |
2) eliminate |
3) refuse |
4) release |
|
I A26∣ |
1) aware |
2) conscious |
3) acquainted |
4) sensitive |
|
I A27 I |
1) correspondence |
2) communication |
3) interaction |
4) post |
|
I A28∣ |
1) to |
2) for |
3) at |
4) — |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 6
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.
Education in the UK: Pages of History
Prior to 1944 the British secondary education system was rather haphazard. Schools were created by local governments, private charities, and religious foundations. Schools varied greatly by region. ∣A2¾ Was not available to all, and secondary schools were mainly for the upper and middle classes.
In 1944, secondary education was A23∣ as a right for all children, and universal, free education was introduced. From 1944 to 1976 state-funded secondary education of three types of schools (the Tripartite System): Grammar School, Secondary
Technical School and Secondary Modern School. The basic assumption of the Tripartite System was that all should be entitled to an education appropriate to their nEeds and abilities. It also assumed that students with different abilities should have a different ∣A25∣. Pupils were assigned to one of the three types of school according to their performance in an examination taken at age eleven, the Eleven Plus examination.
Grammar Schools were intended to A26∣A highly academic curriculum. There was a strong focus on intellectual subjects, such as literature, classics and complex mathematics, aimed A27 developing students’ ability to deal with abstract concepts. Secondary Technical Schools were designed to train children with ability in mechanical and scientific subjects. The focus of the schools was on providing scientists, engineers and technicians. Secondary Modern Schools would train pupils in practical skills, equipping them for less skilled jobs and home management.
Due to the expense of building facilities for three types of schools, very few Technical Schools were built, and education in the UK retained its class character: the upper class children attended Grammar School which received the lion’s share of funding, lower class children attended Modern Schools which were largely neglected. Only children who |А28|_ to Grammar Schools had a real chance of getting into a university.
|
I A22 |
1) Access |
2) Attendance |
3) Entrance |
4) Reception |
|
I A23 |
1) recognized |
2) recalled |
3) found |
4) realised |
|
I A24 |
1) inserted |
2) included |
3) contained |
4) consisted |
|
I A25 |
1) agenda |
2) curriculum |
3) courses |
4) plan |
|
I A26 |
1) instruct |
2)learn |
3) teach |
4) study |
|
I A27 |
1) on |
2) at |
3) to |
4) for |
|
I A28 |
1) attended |
2) admitted |
3) went |
4) graduated |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 7
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
Globalisation
Globalisation is good and bad and inevitable. It is good or at least useful economically because it lowers ∣A22∣To trade and increases the flow of goods, labour and services. It has both ∣A23∣In and encouraged legal migration, and tourism. It has shared the best of the world’s musical culture, sport, TV and films, fashion and dance. It has made the world both familiar and strange. In any main Street from Moscow to Los Angeles or London to Sydney — one can eat Chinese, Indian, Italian or Thai cuisine and it seems perfectly normal. Globalisation has reduced (many argue) the ∣A24∣Of global conflict and it has aided the development of world health policies and humanitarian aid. The charity concert “Live Aid” was watched by 400 million viewers in 60 countries.
But Globalisation is also dark. The process began through “discovery” and colonization. It demanded integration ∣A25∣The expense of local independence, colour and “difference”. It grew out of monstrous transnational corporations that became so powerful that neither trade unions nor governments had the power to hinder. It came with the opportunity to produce goods on an unprecedented scale at previously unimagined prices. Globalization ∣A26∣ to the independent manufacturers of the world — “grow with us, or die”.
And Globalization is inevitable. Elements of the late 20th century phenomenon can be seen throughout history in the rise and fall of every empire: where dress, cuisine, culture and even language were ∣A27∣ across continents. Many believe that it is now US culture that has displaced traditional diversity, local uniqueness and identity. Personally I am unable to argue for or against globalisation. It is truly ∣A28∣And utterly terrible and completely inevitable.
|
I A22∣ |
1) obstructions |
2) blockades |
3) difficulties |
4) barriers |
|
I A23∣ |
1) caused |
2) affected |
3)founded |
4) resulted |
|
I |
||||
|
I A24 I |
1) opportunity |
2) occasion |
3) likelihood |
4) reason |
|
I A25 I |
1) at |
2) for |
3) on |
4) by |
|
I A26 I |
1)spoke |
2) told |
3) said |
4) talked |
|
I A27∣ |
1) exposed |
2) imposed |
3) imported |
4) obliged |
|
I A28∣ |
1) well |
2) good |
3) nice |
4) superior |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 8
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
Quarrelling Neighbours
England and France are neighbours and have a famous 1000 year old, love-hate ∣A22∣. An early milestone was 1066, when William of Normandy conquered England. As any English football fan will ∣A23∣You “It’s their fault, they started it!” and ever since there has been conflict; both “teams” selecting their own highlights! The English generally choose the Battle of Agincourt (1415) and of course the ∣A24∣ of Napoleon (conveniently forgetting that several other nations were actually involved). A more recent low occurred wHen Churchill ordered the sinking of the French Fleet after France surrendered to Germany. ∣A25∣ many claim the UK’s role in the liberation of France rather made up for this!
English-French rivalry continues to the present time — in sport, language and culture. In any big sporting tournament (especially football or rugby) the French become “Frogs” — a nickname derived ∣A26∣The (inexplicable to English taste) French inclusion of frogs, snails and other unmentionables in their cuisine.
In the last decades the French have even battled against the invasion of the English language — “Le weekend”, “Le sandwich” and so forth. But it seems that the English language is a ∣A27∣Opponent. The rivalry recently flared up again most recently when London narrowly beat Paris in the bid to A28∣ the 2012 Olympics. But in fairness, since William “kicked-off” in 1066 there have been plenty of French victories as well, and in reality the nations are the best of friends as much as “best” enemies and their rivalry is often quite witty and entertaining.
|
A22j |
1) relationship |
2) rapport |
3) acquaintance |
4) connection |
|
A23 I |
1) talk |
2) speak |
3) say |
4) tell |
|
A24 I |
1) loss ; |
2) defeat |
3) failure |
4) collapse |
|
A25 I |
1) Thus |
2) Although |
3) Therefore |
4) Nevertheless |
|
A26∣ |
1) of |
2) for |
3) from |
4) off |
|
A27∣ |
1) tough |
2) solid |
3) heavy |
4) hard |
|
A28∣ |
1) accommodate |
2) host |
3) settle |
4) contain |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 9
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22—А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.
A Night at the Museum
Friday 6th March 2010, was special for Laura, and me — our sleep over at the American Museum of Natural History (AMNH). I am guessing you’ve seen the movie? A22∣ in 2006 and called “A Night at the Museum” with Ben Stiller starring. It’s a kicking comedy about a night guard who ∣A23∣An ancient curse that makes the animals on display come to life every night and trash the place. ___
I am not sure if the night Laura and I spent at the museum was ∣A24∣By the film, but it was way cool. Fact, fact, fact! AMNH is one of the largest Museums in the world. There are 25 buildings and 46 ∣A25∣Exhibition halls set in fab grounds near Central Park, New York. There is a famous library, research labs and a totally awesome 32 million specimens. The night costs $129 per person. Grandma paid for us as early birthday presents.
It began at 5.45pm and ∣A26∣All the way to 9.00am on the 7th. It was real creepy as the doors swung closed and locked and the lights dimmed away. We switched on torches — and so our first mission began: Looking for fossil facts. I can ∣A27∣Describe to you walking through those dark halls, our torches cutting beams through the inky black. There was a way scary moment when a huge buffalo head lit up and made me jump like a wuss.
After some bites and coolin’ we settled down to sleep — directly ‘neath a 94 foot blue whale and next to a mighty fine Brown Bear. Luckily no animals came to ∣A28∣And we slept like babies. Wicked!
|
A22 |
1) Made |
2) Done |
3) Issued |
4) Screened |
|
A23 |
1)learns |
2) opens |
3) discovers |
4) investigates |
|
A24 |
1) aroused |
2) encouraged |
3) pushed |
4) inspired |
|
A25 |
1) constant |
2) permanent |
3) stable |
4) steady |
|
A26 |
1) ended |
2) lasted |
3) went |
4) carried |
|
A27 |
1) hardly |
2) obviously |
3) fairly |
4) apparently |
|
A28 |
1) alive |
2) reality |
3) real |
4) life |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 10
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.______________________________________________________________
Blue Whale Watching
For years I have had the same dream about a blue whale. I see the sea darken as the gigantic mammal comes to the surface. Then I see the monster ∣A22∣At me through the clear green water.
But finally I am about to see my dream come true. Several months of planning had brought me to the warm waters off the southern tip of Sri Lanka. Less than an hour after leaving the harbour we A23∣At the location whales had been seen the day before.
Blue Whales are the largest creatures that have ever lived. Compared to the big“Blue” — elephants, hippos and the biggest great white sharks are tiny. My fellOw tOurists ∣A24∣The deck — all of us breathless with anticipation. Each of us A25 first to see the darkening of the sea.
 |
I heard a shout behind me and suddenly the boat engines roared noisily as the my life’s ∣A28∣, to the realization of beautiful sight I have ever seen.
|
A22 I |
1) watch |
2) stare |
3) see |
4) observe |
|
A23∣ |
1) arrived |
2) reached |
3) entered |
4) achieved |
|
A24 I |
1) among |
2) between |
3) besides |
4) along |
|
A25 I |
1) persuaded |
2) convinced |
3) determined |
4) assured |
|
A26∣ |
1) directed |
2) set |
3) pulled |
4) parked |
|
A27 I |
1) after |
2) to |
3) forward |
4) off |
|
A28∣ |
1) trip |
2)journey |
3) travel |
4) destination |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 11
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.
The Best Breakfast in the World?
The “Greasy Spoon” cafe on Arundel Road offers the best full English breakfast on the planet. Of course people ∣A22∣ about what “full English” should consist of but I think there is a small clue in the word “full”. This is a breakfast that knows no modesty. This is not a breakfast for those on a diet. It is the breakfast of Kings; it should be enjoyed ∣A23∣ leisure and last for the day.
That the “full English” (FE) contains both bacon and eggs is A24_____________ dispute. After this
There are different schools of thought. Sausage, mushrooms, beans, black pudding, fried tomatoes and toast are often ∣A25[ in different line ups and combinations competing for the best, all time classic FE. These are ∣A26∣ in different portions and styles and a decent breakfast is the almost guaranteed outcome. But an FE on Arundel Road beats all contenders for the best FE in the world because it includes ALL of these ingredients in ∣A27∣Quantities! They also serve hot toast on traditional toast racks with real butter. But best of all, each customer is served their own pot of traditional English tea (with tea cosy) which may be drunk with milk or cream. And all of this is offered for just J5 per person — and with a newspaper included! The Greasy Spoon is popular with working people and students alike. It opens early during the week for the lorry drivers and on Sunday mornings ∣A28∣ families come in and spend half the day there.
|
I A22 I |
1) discuss |
2) debate |
3) quarrel |
4) argue |
|
I A23 I |
1) for |
2) at |
3) on |
4) in |
|
I A24 I |
1) beyond |
2) behind |
3) besides |
4) below |
|
J |
||||
|
I A25 I |
1) contained |
2) included |
3) held |
4) enclosed |
|
I A26∣ |
1) suggested |
2) advised |
3) offered |
4) intended |
|
∣A27∣ |
1) generous |
2) rich |
3) luxurious |
4) multiple |
|
I A28∣ |
1) full |
2) complete |
3) total |
4) whole |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 12
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.
A night at the Museum
Anna and Ira are best friends. They are both Russian but ∣A22⅛ the Southbank International School as their parents both work in London. They are fifteen now and are studying hard for their International Baccalaureate.
Every Saturday they love to visit museums and galleries in London and so now they have visited A23∣All of them. But, above all, their absolute favourite is The Natural History Museum in South Kensington.
They filled in an online A24∣Form and became “members”. This means they get free magazines called “Evolve” and “Second Nature”, get fast track entry to special exhibitions and they get invited to previews, workshops, talks and special A25____________________________________________________ . They even get to use the
Special member’s room where there are free refreshments, magazines and internet access. It ∣A26∣Them J56 For the year but they felt it was really good value for money.
Last weekend they took part in “Dino snores” — an event A27∣By the film “A Night at the Museum”. They were given a talk about bugs by TV nature presenter Nick Baker, explored the Dinosaur gallery in the dark on a torch-lit tour, watched films and played games, and then slept in sleeping bags under the shadow of the huge Diplodocus in the Museum’s iconic Central Hall. It was a night they’ll never forget. Although Ira and Anna are both interested in Dinosaurs — they are more interested in present day wildlife and most interested of all in ≡— Russian wildlife. When they go back to Moscow both want to study and eventually
Become wildlife research scientists.
|
A22 |
1) attend |
2) visit |
3) go |
4) enroll |
|
A23 |
1) about |
2) almost |
3) already |
4) approximately |
|
A24 |
1) application |
2) admission |
3) entrance |
4) request |
|
A25 |
1) dealings |
2) actions |
3) procedures |
4) events |
|
A26 |
1) cost |
2) charged |
3) priced |
4) spent |
|
A27 |
1) inspired |
2) motivated |
3) stimulated |
4) encouraged |
|
A28 |
1) struggling |
2) preserving |
3) securing |
4) supporting |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 13
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22—А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.
Day schools VS Boarding schools
The majority of modern public schools in the UK and state schools in the USA — schools that offer free education— are со-educational day schools. Children that attend these schools remain in family settings with family support and nurture that helps to reduce the stress of ∣A22∣Any school for a child. They are able to retain contacts with friends and neighbours.
Being less expensive, these schools offer a wider ∣A23∣Of courses and activities. On the other hand, these schools have larger classes and lower academic standards as compared to more selective schools.
Pupils there have a greater ∣A24∣ of encountering bad social trends: drug culture, gangs, anti-intellectualism. Of course, much depends on the regional location and the administrative policy of each school.
Boarding or recreational schools have smaller classes with more individualized iNstruCtion; can often (though not always) boast higher academic standards that are focused ∣A25 making students more independent thinkers; encourage them to make many decisions on their own. Graduates of such schools may have an advantage when applying at more popular universities.
Students of such schools ∣A26∣Lifetime friendships and the so-called ‘old school tie’ — the system of after school, lifelong support and lobbying former schoolmates — can be truly applied in this case.
But there is the ∣A27[ Side of the medal: missed opportunities for parents to educate their children on values; disruption of family: homesick kids, parents missing their children; narrower and less-diverse ∣A28∣Contacts; expensive tuition.
|
A22 |
1) entering |
2) starting |
3) going |
4) getting |
|
A23 |
1) group |
2) collection |
3) mixture |
4) selection |
|
A24 |
1) ability |
2) opportunity |
3) chance |
4) prospect |
|
A25 |
1) on |
2) at |
3) for |
4) to |
|
A26 |
1) assemble |
2) build |
3) construct |
4) design |
|
A27 |
1) another |
2) other |
3) different |
4) optional |
|
A28 |
1) social |
2) sociable |
3) society |
4) civil |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 14
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
Times are Changing
I grew up in tiny village in East Anglia — population 210 people. Everybody knew each other and seemed to know everyone else’s business. What strikes me now — looking back ∣A22∣ 40 years ago — is that the village contained several social groups and there were clear distinctions and unspoken (and certainly unwritten) rules of engagement.
We had two ∣A23∣Class families living in the village: The Brandings, who lived in the manor house, and the very honourable Archer family. The Brandings were well ∣A24∣But certainly not rich. They were extremely posh and so were the Archers who — on the contrary — were fabulously wealthy. But socially — the Brandings and Archers were ∣A25∣. They could socialise with the vicar and my family (because my Dad was an RAF Officer) but their contact with the other villagers was ∣A26∣To friendly but polite greetings. Then we had 8 or 10 middle class families; teachers, a scientist, a factory director and so on. In so small a village we knew each other well and socialised a lot.
The ∣A27∣ comprised of the true working class. They worked in shops, or on the farms. We had also had quite a few elderly couples who in their young days had been “in service”. We didn’t socialise but relations were friendly and we greeted on first name terms.
It’s all changed now of course. Our village is a small town — far too large to be anything like the community of my youth. I may be wrong, but it seems like society has contracted into featureless ∣A28∣And that nowadays people often don’t even know their neighbours’ names.
|
A22 I |
1) above |
2) over |
3) beyond |
4) behind |
|
A23∣ |
1) upper |
2) aristocratic |
3) high |
4) noble |
|
A24∣ |
1) allied |
2) associated |
3) linked |
4) connected |
|
A25 I |
1) commoners |
2) equivalents |
3) equals |
4) parallels |
|
A26∣ |
1) restricted |
2) framed |
3) enclosed |
4) narrowed |
|
A27∣ |
1) remnants |
2) reminders |
3) remain |
4) remainder |
|
A28∣ |
1) likelihood |
2) sameness |
3) neutrality |
4) equality |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 15
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.
Education in the UK: Modern schools
The 1976 Education Act abolished the Tripartite System in favour of a system of free Comprehensive Schools that were ∣A22∣ to provide Grammar School education for all. In the UK today, schools reflect elements of both the Tripartite and the Comprehensive models.
The UK system of state schools is complex and ∣A23∣ the following types: Primary Schools (ages 4-11), Secondary Schools (ages 11-16), Sixth Form Colleges (non-compulsory, ages 16-18), Special Schools for children with physical, emotional and behavioral learning needs, City Technology Colleges (CTCs) and City Colleges for the Technology of the Arts (CCTAs) (ages 11-18). These schools provide a broad secondary education with special emphasis on science and technology and offer a ≡— _ range of vocational qualifications.
Grammar Schools remain and continue to select almost all of their pupils ∣A25∣ reference to high academic ability. Independent Schools are private schools that obtain most of their finances from ∣A26 paid by parents and income from investments. Some of them are
Selective but many are not. Some of the larger independent schools are ∣A27∣ as Public Schools. Most Independent Schools are Church Schools.
Most state schools (primary and secondary) are со-educational day schools, but some secondary schools accept boarders. Independent Schools include day and boarding schools and are mostly single-sex, although an increasing number of junior and some senior schools are coeducational. There has been a sharp increase in the number of children ∣A28∣Independent Schools, owing to the increasing dissatisfaction with academic standards at State Comprehensive Schools.
|
I A22 I |
1) intended |
2) aimed |
3) offered |
4) proposed |
|
I A23 I |
1) fits |
2) includes |
3) engages |
4) composes |
|
I A24 I |
1) high |
2) intensive |
3) extensive |
4) wide |
|
I A25 I |
1) by |
2) at |
3) for |
4) about |
|
I A26 I |
1) costs |
2) bills |
3) fees |
4) taxes |
|
I A27∣ |
1) famous |
2) known |
3) notorious |
4) familiar |
|
I A28∣ |
1) accepting |
2) entering |
3) going |
4) attending |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 16
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22—А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
Mining in Australia
Australia is the “mainland” of the world’s smallest continent. It is mostly very flat and much of it is inhospitable desert. ∣A22∣Of the population lives in the South East and South West where there is a ∣A23∣Climate. But the weather played only a relatively minor part in establishing population centres. Many argue that the real story was about mining.
The early colonies in South Australia had a terrible struggle economically. But after significant silver, lead and copper ∣A24j were discovered in Southern Australia, the local
Populations began to grow. In 1841 silver and lead were discovered at Glen Osmond — now a suburb of Adelaide: Then came the discovery of copper at Kapunda in 1845.
But the big story was gold! The first “strike” was at Ophir, New South Wales in 1851. ∣A25∣Weeks more gold was found in the colony of Victoria. The Australian gold rushes had a major impact ∣A26∣, Victoria and Australia as a whole. They coloured every aspect of Australian society and elements of it are still clearly visible today. Victoria became the richest colony and Melbourne Australia’s largest city.
The population of Australia changed dramatically ∣A27∣Of the discovery of gold. In 1851 the population was just 437,655. 10 years later it was 1,151,947. The rapid growth came from “new chums” — recent immigrants from the UK and British Commonwealth. As a lot of Australians will be quick to tell you, much of the new wealth was “stolen” back to England. But enough wealth remained to fund substantial development in industry and infrastructure and to ∣A28∣The foundations for building modern Australia.
|
A22 I |
1) Most |
2) Many |
3) Mainly |
4) Main |
|
I A23 I |
1) temperature |
2) temperate |
3) tempered |
4) temporal |
|
L⅛24J |
1) riches |
2) stores |
3) deposits |
4) treasures |
|
A25 I |
1) Throughout |
2) During |
3) While |
4) Within |
|
[A2βJ |
1) at |
2) on |
3) for |
4) in |
|
I A27∣ |
1) because |
2) due |
3) as |
4)thanks |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 17
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22—А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
The storybook wolf
Josii Luis Rodriguez of Spain is the overall winner of The Wildlife Photographer of the — a wolf jumping over a gate! He visualized his photo many years ago, when Iberian wolves first returned to Bvila in the Castilla у Leyn region of northern Spain, and cattle
Ranchers ∣A23∣ war on them. His idea was a picture that would symbolize the ancient conflict ∣A24∣ humans and wolves, while showing the beauty and strength of this fabled
Animal. But it took a long time to find the ideal ∣A25∣, let alone a wolf that would jump a gate. His chance came when he found a landowner who was happy to have both the wolves and Josfi Luis on his property, and also had the ideal setting: a copse and an ancient, disused cattle corral.
Josfi Luis started by placing meat in the corral. Once he knew a male wolf was visiting regularly, jumping the gate, he began to introduce the bits of equipment needed to up a camera trap. At first, the wolf didn’t like the flash triggered by the trip beam, but after a few weeks he ∣A27 no notice of the light or the clicks of the hidden digital camera. Now that the wolf was happy and the camera ∣A28∣ was right, it was time to take the final picture with a medium-format camera. When the first transparencies arrived back from the lab, Josfi Luis was overjoyed to find he finally had the picture he had dreamt of.
|
A22 |
1) tournament |
2) competition |
3) test |
4) race |
|
A23 |
1) pronounced |
2) revealed |
3) broadcasted |
4) declared |
|
A24 |
1) between |
2) among |
3) within |
4) amongst |
|
A2δ |
1) situation |
2) sight |
3) location |
4) destination |
|
A26 |
1) put |
2) place |
3) set |
4) build |
|
A27 |
1)took |
2) received |
3) gave |
4) paid |
|
A28 |
1) posture |
2) positioning |
3) posing |
4) pose |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 18
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
Christmas
As a small child I loved almost everything about Christmas. The excitement of Christmas Eve was almost unbearable. We’d go from house to house singing Christmas carols and be given hot mince pies and other ∣A22∣.
Before bed our parents would read us stories and eventualLy puT us to bed with warnings that Santa Claus would not come if we stayed awake. Before ∣A23∣Into bed we would leave out a mince pie for Santa and something for his reindeers as a “thank you”: For me Santa was the great hero and I never ∣A24∣That he would come down our chimney to deliver my presents.
I loved, as I mentioned before, “almost everything”. Immediately after ChristMas I was told by my parents that I had to write “thank you letters”. As a six your old, writing ∣A25∣One letter was a task, but several made a mountain — pressing down on my small world. “Why” I argued to my Mum “should I write to grandparents, aunts and uncles? Santa brought me all my presents”. ___
And my mother would lie to her son. ∣A26Lies of how Santa helped Granddad choose my toy car and with the help of elves and reindeer delivered it for Granddad — but that still I should thank Granddad for the small part he played in it. The following year her lies were even more devious as she tried to ∣A27∣Me convinced. As I eventually solved this annual mystery, I of course lost all A28∣For not writing the “Thank you letters” as the realisation dawned that Granddad had managed everything by himself.
|
I A22 I |
1) surprises |
2) treats |
3) presents |
4) souvenirs |
|
|
I A23 I |
1) getting |
2) going |
3) putting |
4) lying |
|
|
I A24 I |
1) hesitated |
2) suspected |
3) mistrusted |
4) doubted |
|
|
I A25∣ |
1) only |
2) yet |
3) even |
4) still |
|
|
I A26 I |
1) Vague |
2) Elaborate |
3) Complete |
4) Formless |
|
|
• |
A27 I |
1) hold |
2) stay |
3) keep |
4) remain |
|
A28∣ |
1) reasons |
2) defenses |
3) motives |
4) excuses |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 19
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22—А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
The Magnificent Six
This is a real life story. When I was about eight, I [A22∣An organization called the “Cub Scouts”. We met once a week and learned basic first aid and were trained ∣A23∣ various techniques related to camping and the outdoor life. For each skill learned, there would be a test — which if passed would result in earning a badge. These badges were cArefulLy sewn on our uniforms; green caps with yellow piping, green shirts with a type of scarf ∣A24j a
Neckerchief and short trousers. Our leader was called Akela — after the wolf pack____________ leader in
Rudyard Kipling’s “The Jungle Book” and we were formed in units of six boys — called a “Six” and led by a “Sixer”.
I can ∣A25∣ remember our Six. We were nicknamed “the dwarves” after the fairy tale “Snow White and the Seven Dwarves”. This was nothing to do with our height (and we were of course six rather than seven) but rather it was to do with our ∣A26∣. We were “Sneezy” (real name Richard), “Bashful” (OLiver), “Grumpy” (Jim), “Doc” (Henry), “Sleepy” (Rupert) and I was “Happy”. Only “Dopey” was ∣A27∣From the original seven! And really that was what we were like. Richard always seemed to have a cold, Oliver was shy, Jim always in a bad mood and so forth. But we all, without fail, had enormous fun — especially on our annual camping ∣A28∣ to the Lake District. Every day was filled with adventure and discovery and the reality was — we werd all truly happy.
|
I A22∣ |
1) entered |
2) enrolled |
3)joined |
4) registered |
|
I A23∣ |
1) in |
2) on |
3) at |
4) for |
|
I A24 I |
1) pronounced |
2) named |
3) entitled |
4) called |
|
I A25 I |
1) always |
2) forever |
3) ever |
4) still |
|
I A26∣ |
1) characters |
2) features |
3) dispositions |
4) persons |
|
I A27 I |
1) away |
2) missing |
3) gone |
4) absent |
|
I A28∣ |
1) excursion |
2) trip |
3) travel |
4)journey |
ТРЕНИРОВОЧНОЕ ЗАДАНИЕ № 20
Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22-А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям А22-А28, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Обведите Номер Выбранного Вами Варианта Ответа.
David Bowie
British Singer David Bowie was always famous for changing his appearance and his musical styles throughout his career. At the beginning, in the late 1960’s — he was compared ∣A22∣ fifties singers like Tommy Steele and Anthony Newley. Then he grew his hair and became “Major Tom” — a weird, futuristic space traveller — for his number one album called “Space Oddity”: His appearance made more remarkable for having one eye blue and one brown (the result of a childhood A23∣).
As the years passed he continued to change his appearance — often with fabulous and dramatic costumes that A24∣Each new stage character. After the “space phase” he created the character “Ziggy Stardust”. At this stage Bowie was the most important artist in the early 70’s glam rock era: His costumes sparkling in silvers, reds and golds and his bright orange hair feathered out like a flaming ∣A25∣. Then he became “Aladdin Sane” with a bizarre lightening flash motif painted on his face. Soon after this his hair was again short but wavy, he wore ∣A26Size suits and became an “American” soul singer before transforming again into
Yet another character — a central European “Thin White Duke”.
Probably of all British pop stars — he has become the one most A27[ with change and transformation. Even now after 40 years in the business, he continues to ∣A28∣Strange and original music for his countless fans worldwide. Some believe his 1972 hit song “Changes” predicted all this. It is a song about change and time and the inevitable conflict between one generation and the next.
|
A22 |
1) to |
2) for |
3) on |
4) at |
|
A23 |
1) incident |
2) event |
3) thing |
4) accident |
|
A24 |
1) described |
2) named |
3) defined |
4) recognized |
|
A25 |
1) lamp |
2) torch |
3)lantern |
4) light |
|
A26 |
1) above |
2) over |
3) extreme |
4) upper |
|
A27 |
1) related |
2) fixed |
3) combined |
4) associated |
|
A28 |
1) shape |
2) form |
3) make |
4) do |
Ключи
Первое задание (В4-В10).
Образование грамматических форм
|
Тренировочное задание № 1 |
Тренировочное задание № 2 |
Тренировочное задание № 3 |
|
|
В4 |
Stood |
Islocated |
Took |
|
В5 |
Sheep |
Larger |
Eldest / oldest |
|
BG |
Strongest |
Cooking |
Mostimpressiυe |
|
В7 |
Was swimming |
Doesn’t/does not need |
Standing |
|
В8 |
Those |
Cutting |
Found |
|
В9 |
Hasrealized |
Nearer |
Women |
|
BlO |
One |
Best |
Impersonating |
|
Тренировочное задание № 4 |
Тренировочное задание № 5 |
Тренировочное задание № 6 |
|
|
B4 |
Broke |
Others |
Took |
|
B5 |
Wasmurdered |
Begins |
Hadto |
|
B6 |
Their |
Walking |
Waswearing |
|
B7 |
Wasrecording |
Me |
Her |
|
B8 |
Wereplayed |
Biggest |
Started |
|
B9 |
Lasting |
Closer |
Advertising |
|
BlO |
Bigger |
Trapped |
Was |
|
Тренировочное задание № 7 |
Тренировочное задание № 8 |
Тренировочное задание № 9 |
|
|
B4 |
Hasbeeneducating |
Its |
Societies |
|
B5 |
Our |
Arelooking |
Worse |
|
B6 |
Receives |
Ar elocated |
Fastest |
|
B7 |
Toknow |
Including |
My |
|
B8 |
Willhave∕have |
Offers |
Won, tget/Willnotget |
|
Тренировочное задание № 7 |
Тренировочное задание № 8 |
Тренировочное задание № 9 |
|
|
B9 |
Tnorecheerful |
Оиг |
Hascoτne/сате |
|
BlO |
Arenot/aren’ Hncluded |
Getting |
Has joined |
|
Тренировочное задание № 10 |
Тренировочное задание № 11 |
Тренировочное задание № 12 |
|
|
B4 |
Diaries |
First |
Beexperienced |
|
B5 |
Most |
Wasacknowledged |
Windest |
|
B6 |
Believed |
Fell |
Less |
|
B7 |
Their |
Bears |
Discussing |
|
B8 |
Biggest |
Sailed |
Willbe |
|
B9 |
Falls |
His |
Knows |
|
BlO |
Arepresented |
Didn’t Zdidnotrealized |
Appearing |
|
Тренировочное задание № 13 |
Тренировочное задание № 14 |
Тренировочное задание № 15 |
|
|
B4 |
Friend’s |
Including |
Involves |
|
B5 |
Was covered |
Hascontinued |
These |
|
B6 |
Fell |
Isknown |
Arelearning |
|
B7 |
Used |
Wereworn |
Me |
|
B8 |
Caught |
Women |
Eating |
|
B9 |
Us |
Enemies |
Wasorganised |
|
BlO |
WascryingZhadbeencrying |
Greater |
Is |
|
Тренировочное задание № 16 |
Тренировочное задание № 17 |
Тренировочное задание № 18 |
|
|
B4 |
Mostfamous |
Made |
Working |
|
B5 |
Our |
Him |
Their |
|
B6 |
Stepped |
First |
Their |
|
B7 |
Heroes |
Wastrying |
Divided |
|
B8 |
Beheld |
Hadseen |
Hasdeveloped |
|
B9 |
Doesn’t / doesnotdeserve |
Ran |
Followed |
|
BlO |
Voting |
Mostfamous |
Greater |
|
Тренировочное задание № 19 |
Тренировочное задание № 20 |
|
|
B4 |
Wascalled |
Living |
|
B5 |
Leading |
Iscalled |
|
B6 |
Fittest |
Hidden |
|
B7 |
Lives |
Nightclubs |
|
B8 |
Better |
Togo |
|
B9 |
Became |
Couldnot/couldn’t |
|
BlO |
Third |
Hasn’t/hasnottroubled |
Второе задание (В11-В16).
Словообразование
|
Тренировочное задание № 1 |
Тренировочное задание № 2 |
Тренировочное задание № 3 |
|
|
Bll |
Unpopular |
Environmental |
Fruitless |
|
В12 |
Commercial |
Preservation |
Adventurous |
|
В13 |
Mainly |
Development |
Significant |
|
В14 |
Addition |
Responsible |
Generally |
|
В15 |
Anxious |
Politicians |
Managerial |
|
В16 |
Reality |
Economic |
Reality |
|
Тренировочное задание № 4 |
Тренировочное задание № 5 |
Тренировочное задание № 6 |
|
|
Bll |
Unpopular |
Environmental |
Tricky |
|
B12 |
Commercial |
Imagination |
Impossible |
|
B13 |
Daily |
Responsible |
Unpredictable |
|
B14 |
Addition |
Establishment |
Resourceful |
|
B15 |
Anxious |
Visitors |
Expensive |
|
B16 |
Difference |
Lives |
Disagree |
|
Тренировочное задание № 7 |
Тренировочное задание № 8 |
Тренировочное задание № 9 |
|
|
Bll |
Necessarily |
Educators |
Feelings |
|
B12 |
Activity |
Independently |
Hardship |
|
B13 |
Highly |
Inappropriate |
Formation |
|
B14 |
Routinely |
Necessity |
Unattractive |
|
B15 |
Independence |
Membership |
Personality |
|
B16 |
Academic |
Easily |
Impression |
|
Тренировочное задание № 10 |
Тренировочное задание № 11 |
Тренировочное задание № 12 |
|
|
Bll |
French |
Artist |
Believable |
|
B12 |
Psychological |
Notable |
Connection |
|
B13 |
Discouraged |
Smoky |
Indicators |
|
B14 |
Ambitious |
Violent |
Remarkably |
|
B15 |
European |
Sadly |
Investigations |
|
B16 |
Tension |
Surroundings |
Distinctive |
|
Тренировочное задание № 13 |
Тренировочное задание № 14 |
Тренировочное задание № 15 |
|
|
Bll |
Greatness |
Originally |
Scientist |
|
B12 |
Adventurous |
Honestly |
Achievements |
|
B13 |
Important |
Visitors |
Scientific |
|
B14 |
Generally |
Certainly |
Additional |
|
B15 |
Industrial |
Occasionally |
Equipment |
|
B16 |
Reality |
Disagree |
Subscriptions / subscription |
|
Тренировочное задание № 16 |
Тренировочное задание № 17 |
Тренировочное задание № 18 |
|
|
Bll |
Impossible |
Certainly |
Dramatically |
|
B12 |
Indistinguishable |
Invisible |
Additional |
|
B13 |
Buildings |
Kingdom |
Dangerous |
|
B14 |
Realistically |
Wonderful |
Passionate |
|
B15 |
Cultural |
Expensive |
Government |
|
B16 |
Impressive |
Disagree |
Helpful |
|
Тренировочное задание № 19 |
Тренировочное задание № 20 |
|
|
Bll |
Residential |
Physicist |
|
B12 |
Permission |
Achievements |
|
B13 |
Responsibility |
Unreasonable |
|
B14 |
Accountability |
Enthusiastic |
|
B15 |
Healthy |
Indignation |
|
B16 |
Relaxation / relaxing |
National |
Третье (A22-A28).
Лексическое задание на множественный выбор
|
А22 |
А23 |
А24 |
А25 |
А26 |
А27 |
А28 |
|
|
Тренировочное задание № 1 |
1 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
4 |
1 |
3 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 2 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
1 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 3 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
3 |
4 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 4 |
4 |
1 |
4 |
2 |
3 |
1 |
3 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 5 |
2 |
4 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 6 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
2 |
3 |
2 |
3 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 7 |
4 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
3 |
2 |
2 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 8 |
1 |
4 |
2 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 9 |
1 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
2 |
1 |
4 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 10 |
2 |
1 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
2 |
|
А22 |
А23 |
А24 |
А25 |
А26 |
А27 |
А28 |
|
|
Тренировочное задание № 11 |
4 |
2 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 12 |
1 |
2 |
1 |
4 |
1 |
1 |
2 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 13 |
2 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
2 |
1 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 14 |
K 2 |
1 |
4 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
2 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 15 |
1 |
2 |
4 |
1 |
3 |
2 |
4 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 16 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
2 |
1 |
3 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 17 |
2 |
4 |
1 |
3 |
3 |
1 |
2 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 18 |
2 |
1 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 19 |
3 |
1 |
4 |
4 |
1 |
2 |
2 |
|
Тренировочное задание № 20 |
1 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
2 |
4 |
3 |
Справочное издание
Соловова Елена Николаевна
John Parsons
ЕГЭ
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
[1] Общеевропейские компетенции владения языком: Изучение, преподавание, оценка. МГЛУ, 2003.
[2] Поскольку весь возможный спектр уровней владения иностранным языком представлен в документе Совета Европы лишь шестью уровнями, очевидно, что внутри каждого из них можно выделять определенные подуровни. Обозначение базового уровня ЕГЭ как А2+ означает, что из описания уровня А2 для подготовки заданий базового уровня разработчики ориентируются на дескрипторы, лежащие ближе к уровню Bl, а не к Al.